WESCO International, Inc. 8-K
Table of Contents

 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 8-K
CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): September 21, 2005
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   001-14989   25-1723342
         
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (Commission
File Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)
     
               225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700    
               Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania   15219
     
               (Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (412) 454-2200
Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:
o Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
o Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
o Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
o Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits
SIGNATURE
EX-1.1
EX-1.2
EX-4.1
EX-4.2
EX-4.4
EX-4.5


Table of Contents

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement
2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025
     On September 21, 2005, WESCO International, Inc. (the “Company”) and WESCO Distribution, Inc. (“WESCO Distribution”) entered into a Purchase Agreement (the “Convertible Debentures Purchase Agreement”) with Lehman Brothers Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (collectively, the “Representatives”), as representatives of the initial purchasers named therein (the “Initial Purchasers”), relating to the issuance and sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $125 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (the “Convertible Debentures”) and an unconditional guarantee of the Convertible Debentures on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by WESCO Distribution (the “Convertible Debentures Guarantee”). The offering and sale of the Convertible Debentures and the Convertible Debentures Guarantee to the Initial Purchasers was completed on September 27, 2005. The Initial Purchasers exercised their option pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Debentures Purchase Agreement to purchase an additional $25 million in aggregate principal amount of Convertible Indentures. Under the terms of the Convertible Debentures Purchase Agreement, the Company and WESCO Distribution have agreed to indemnify the Initial Purchasers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or to contribute payments that the Initial Purchasers may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
     The Convertible Debentures and the Convertible Debentures Guarantee were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated September 27, 2005 (the “Convertible Debentures Indenture”), by and among the Company, WESCO Distribution and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. The Convertible Debentures and the Convertible Debentures Guarantee were sold only to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
     The Convertible Debentures will accrue interest at the rate of 2.625% per annum and be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, commencing April 15, 2006. Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing October 15, 2010, the Company also will pay contingent interest in cash during any six-month interest period in which the trading price of the Convertible Debentures for each of the five trading days ending on the second trading day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures. During any interest period when contingent interest shall be payable, the contingent interest payable per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Debentures will equal 0.25% of the average trading price of $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Debentures during the five trading days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period.
     The Convertible Debentures are convertible into cash and, in certain circumstances, shares of the Company’s common stock, $.01 par value (the “Conversion Shares”), at any time on or after October 15, 2023, or prior to October 15, 2023 in certain circumstances. The Convertible Debentures will be convertible based on an initial conversion rate of 23.8872 shares of common stock per $1,000

 


Table of Contents

principal amount of the Convertible Debentures (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $41.86 per share). The conversion rate and the conversion price may be adjusted under certain circumstances.
     At any time on or after October 15, 2010, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Convertible Debentures at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the redemption date. Holders of Convertible Debentures may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their Convertible Debentures on October 15, 2010, October 15, 2015 and October 15, 2020 at a cash repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the repurchase date.
     If the Company undergoes certain fundamental changes prior to maturity, holders of Convertible Debentures will have the right, at their option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash some or all of their Convertible Debentures at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) to, but not including, the repurchase date. The Convertible Debentures Indenture limits the ability of the Company to consolidate or merge or to sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets.
     If an event of default on the Convertible Debentures occurs, the principal amount of the Convertible Debentures, plus premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest and additional interest, if any) may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Convertible Debentures Indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable in the case of certain types of bankruptcy or insolvency events of default involving the Company. The Convertible Debentures Indenture provides that events of default include, among other things, (i) failure to make the payment of any interest on the Convertible Debentures when due and payable, with the failure continuing for a period of 30 days; (ii) failure to make the payment of any principal on any of the Convertible Debentures when due and payable; (iii) failure to comply with covenants or agreements in the Convertible Debentures, the Convertible Debentures Indenture or related documents for 60 days after notice; (iv) a default by the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries under other debt obligations that results in acceleration of the maturity of that debt, or failure to pay any such debt at maturity, in an amount greater than $35 million; (v) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries; and (vi) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $35 million that is rendered against the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries and that is not waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 days following such judgment and is not discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice.
     The Company, WESCO Distribution and the Initial Purchasers entered into a Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 27, 2005 (the “Convertible Debentures Registration Rights Agreement”) with respect to the Convertible Debentures and the Convertible Debentures Guarantee. Pursuant to the Convertible Debentures Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and WESCO Distribution agreed to file a shelf registration statement within 210 days

 


Table of Contents

after the issue date of the Convertible Debentures to register the Convertible Debentures, the Convertible Debentures Guarantee and the Conversion Shares for resale under the Securities Act. The Company and WESCO Distribution will use their reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 270 days after the issue date of the Convertible Debentures.
     The foregoing is a summary of the material terms and conditions of the Convertible Debentures Purchase Agreement, the Convertible Debentures Indenture and the Convertible Debentures Registration Rights Agreement and is not a complete discussion of those documents. Accordingly, the foregoing is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Convertible Debentures Purchase Agreement, the Convertible Debentures Indenture and the Convertible Debentures Registration Rights Agreement attached to this Current Report as Exhibits 1.1, 4.1 and 4.2, respectively, which are incorporated herein by reference. A form of Convertible Debenture also is attached as Exhibit 4.3.
7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
     On September 22, 2005, WESCO Distribution and the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement (the “Notes Purchase Agreement”) with the Representatives, relating to the issuance and sale by WESCO Distribution to the Initial Purchasers of $125 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) and an unconditional guarantee of the Notes on an unsecured senior basis by the Company (the “Notes Guarantee”). The offering and sale of the Notes and the Notes Guarantee to the Initial Purchasers was completed on September 27, 2005. Under the terms of the Notes Debentures Purchase Agreement, the Company and WESCO Distribution have agreed to indemnify the Initial Purchasers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or to contribute payments that the Initial Purchasers may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
     The Notes and the Notes Guarantee were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated September 27, 2005 (the “Notes Indenture”), by and among the Company, WESCO Distribution and the Trustee in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. The Notes and the Notes Guarantee were sold within the United States only to qualified institutional buyers in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and outside the United States only to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.
     The Notes will accrue interest at the rate of 7.50% per annum and be payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, commencing April 15, 2006. At any time on or after October 15, 2010, WESCO Distribution may redeem all or a part of the Notes. Between October 15, 2010 and October 14, 2011, WESCO Distribution may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 103.750% of the principal amount. Between October 15, 2011 and October 14, 2012, WESCO Distribution may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 102.500% of the principal amount. Between October 15, 2012 and October 14, 2013, WESCO Distribution may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 101.250% of the principal amount. On and after October 15, 2013, WESCO

 


Table of Contents

Distribution may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount.
     If WESCO Distribution undergoes a change of control prior to maturity, holders of Notes will have the right, at their option, to require WESCO Distribution to repurchase for cash some or all of their Notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the repurchase date.
     The Notes Indenture limits the ability of WESCO Distribution and its subsidiaries in certain circumstances to (i) incur more debt; (ii) pay dividends and make certain other restricted payments; (iii) make investments; (iv) create liens; (v) sell capital stock of subsidiaries; (vi) sell assets; (vii) enter into restrictions affecting the ability of WESCO Distribution’s significant subsidiaries to make distributions, loans or advances to WESCO Distribution; (viii) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and (ix) merge or consolidate.
     If an event of default on the Notes occurs, the principal amount of the Notes, plus premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including additional interest, if any) may be declared immediately due and payable, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Notes Indenture. These amounts automatically become due and payable in the case of certain types of bankruptcy or insolvency events of default involving WESCO Distribution. The Notes Indenture provides that events of default include, among other things, (i) failure to make the payment of any interest on the Notes when due and payable, with the failure continuing for a period of 30 days; (ii) failure to make the payment of any principal on any of the Notes when due and payable; (iii) failure to comply with covenants or agreements in the Notes, the Notes Indenture or related documents for a specified period after notice; (iv) a default by WESCO Distribution or any of its significant subsidiary under other debt obligations that results in acceleration of the maturity of that debt, or failure to pay any such debt at maturity, in an amount greater than $35 million; (v) certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of WESCO Distribution or any of its significant subsidiaries; and (vi) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $35 million that is rendered against WESCO Distribution or any of its significant subsidiaries and that is not waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 days following such judgment and is not discharged, waived or stayed within 10 days after notice.
     The Company, WESCO Distribution and the Initial Purchasers entered into an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 27, 2005 (the “Notes Registration Rights Agreement”) with respect to the Notes and the Notes Guarantee. Pursuant to the Notes Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and WESCO Distribution agreed to file a registration statement within 210 days after the issue date of the Notes to register an exchange enabling holders of Notes to exchange the Notes and Notes Guarantee for publicly registered senior subordinated notes, and a similar unconditional guarantee of those notes by the Company, with substantially identical terms (except for terms relating to additional interest and transfer restrictions). The Company and WESCO Distribution will use their reasonable best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 270 days after the issue date of the Notes and to complete the exchange offer as promptly as practicable but in no event later than

 


Table of Contents

300 days after the issue date of the Notes. The Company and WESCO Distribution will file a shelf registration statement for the resale of the Notes if they cannot complete the exchange offer within the time periods listed above and in certain other circumstances.
     The foregoing is a summary of the material terms and conditions of the Notes Purchase Agreement, the Notes Indenture and the Notes Registration Rights Agreement and is not a complete discussion of those documents. Accordingly, the foregoing is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Notes Purchase Agreement, the Notes Indenture and the Notes Registration Rights Agreement attached to this Current Report as Exhibits 1.2, 4.4 and 4.5, respectively, which are incorporated herein by reference. A form of Note also is attached as Exhibit 4.6.
Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.
     The disclosure set forth above under Item 1.01 is hereby incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.
Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits
     (c) Exhibits
            
 
  Exhibit 1.1   Purchase Agreement, dated September 21, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., WESCO Distribution, Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers named therein, relating to WESCO International, Inc.’s 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (filed herewith).
 
       
 
  Exhibit 1.2   Purchase Agreement, dated September 22, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., WESCO Distribution, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers named therein, relating to WESCO Distribution, Inc.’s 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (filed herewith).
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.1   Indenture, dated September 27, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., WESCO Distribution, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, relating to WESCO International, Inc.’s 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (filed herewith).
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.2   Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 27, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., WESCO Distribution, Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co., as representatives of the initial purchasers named therein, relating to WESCO International, Inc.’s 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (filed herewith).

 


Table of Contents

            
 
  Exhibit 4.3   Form of 2.625% Convertible Senior Debenture due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.4   Indenture, dated September 27, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., WESCO Distribution, Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, relating to WESCO Distribution, Inc.’s 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (filed herewith).
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.5   Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated September 27, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., WESCO Distribution, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. and Lehman Brothers Inc., as representatives of the initial purchasers named therein, relating to WESCO Distribution, Inc.’s 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (filed herewith).
 
       
 
  Exhibit 4.6   Form of 7.50% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.4).

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE
          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.
             
    WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:         /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss    
 
           
 
      Stephen A. Van Oss
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
and Administrative Officer
   
Dated: September 27, 2005

 

EX-1.1
 

Exhibit 1.1
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
$125,000,000
2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
September 21, 2005
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
As representatives of the several Initial Purchasers
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 7th Avenue
New York, New York 10019
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          WESCO International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (the “Firm Securities”) to Lehman Brothers Inc. (“Lehman”), Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman”), UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (with Goldman and Lehman, the “Initial Purchasers”). In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the Initial Purchasers an option to purchase up to an additional $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (the “Option Securities” and, together with the Firm Securities, the “Securities”). The Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as of September 27, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”) and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by the Guarantor (the “Guarantee”). The Company and the Guarantor hereby confirm their agreement with the several Initial Purchasers concerning the purchase of the Securities from the Company by the several Initial Purchasers.
          The Securities will be convertible into duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company (such shares of Common Stock into which the Securities are convertible, the “Conversion Shares”), on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the Indenture.
          The Securities will be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon an exemption therefrom. The Company and the Guarantor have prepared a preliminary Offering

 


 

Memorandum dated September 19, 2005 (the “Preliminary Offering Memorandum”), and will prepare an Offering Memorandum dated the date hereof (the “Offering Memorandum”) setting forth and incorporating by reference information concerning the Company, the Guarantor and the Securities. Copies of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum have been, and copies of the Offering Memorandum will be, delivered by the Company and the Guarantor to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Any references herein to the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum shall be deemed to include all amendments and supplements thereto and all documents incorporated by reference, unless otherwise noted. The Company and the Guarantor hereby confirm that they have authorized the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum in connection with the offering and resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with Section 2.
          Holders of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees) will be entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company will agree among other things, to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “Registration Statement”) covering the resale of the Securities and the Conversion Shares, and to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to be declared effective within the time periods specified therein.
          Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Offering Memorandum.
          1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantor. The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Initial Purchasers on and as of the date hereof and each Closing Date (as defined in Section 3) that:
          (a) Each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as of its respective date, did not, and on the applicable Closing Date the Offering Memorandum will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, that the Company and the Guarantor make no representation or warranty as to information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to the Initial Purchasers furnished to the Company or the Guarantor by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser specifically for use therein (the “Initial Purchasers’ Information”).
          (b) The documents incorporated by reference in each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, when they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, together, where applicable, with any amendments thereto, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and none of such documents contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or

2


 

necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and any further documents so filed and incorporated by reference in the Offering Memorandum or any further amendment or supplement thereto, when such documents become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
          (c) Each of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum, as of its respective date, contains all of the information that, if requested by a prospective purchaser of the Securities, would be required to be provided to such prospective purchaser pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
          (d) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 2 and their compliance with the agreements set forth therein, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and the Guarantee to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantee by the Initial Purchasers and the conversion of the Securities into the Conversion Shares in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture and the Offering Memorandum, to register the Securities or the Guarantee or the Conversion Shares under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).
          (e) Each of the Company and the Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”), or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction; and each “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X and referred to herein as the “Significant Subsidiary”) of each of the Company and the Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
          (f) On the Closing Date, the Company (on a consolidated basis) will have an as adjusted capitalization as of June 30, 2005 as set forth in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Capitalization”. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company and the Guarantor have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company or the Guarantor, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (“Liens”). The Guarantor is the only direct subsidiary of the Company on the date hereof. Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, there are no outstanding securities convertible

3


 

into or exchangeable for, or warrants, options or rights issued by the Company to purchase, any shares of the capital stock of the Company; there are no statutory, contractual, preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase any Common Stock; and there are no restrictions upon transfer of the Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By laws.
          (g) The Company and the Guarantor have all requisite corporate right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Securities (in the case of the Company only) and the Guarantee (in the case of the Gurantor only) (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all corporate action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby has been duly and validly taken.
          (h) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantor.
          (i) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantor and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantor enforceable against the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
          (j) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantor and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantor enforceable against the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). On each Closing Date, the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified thereunder.
          (k) The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

4


 

          (l) The Guarantee has been duly authorized by the Guarantor and, when the Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
          (m) The Company has all necessary power and authority to execute, issue and deliver the Conversion Shares; the Conversion Shares have been duly and validly authorized and reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Securities and are free of preemptive rights; all Conversion Shares, when issued and delivered upon such conversion in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, will be duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will be free and clear of any Liens; and the Conversion Shares will conform, when issued, in all material respects to the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum.
          (n) Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Memorandum.
          (o) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Guarantor of each of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the issuance, authentication, sale and delivery of the Securities, the Guarantee and any Conversion Shares and compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not (i) violate or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is subject, except for any such breach or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or otherwise interfere with the consummation of the transactions consummated by the Transaction Documents; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By laws of the Company or the Guarantor; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or any of their properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee, the issuance of any Conversion Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except as may be required to be obtained or made under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement and under applicable state or foreign securities laws and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities and the Guarantee by the Initial Purchasers.

5


 

          (p) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The historical financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company contained in the Offering Memorandum have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby and fairly present the financial position of the entities purported to be covered thereby at the respective dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the respective periods indicated; and the financial information contained in the Offering Memorandum under the headings “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 11, “Executive Compensation”, of the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 7, 2005 with the Commission, are derived from the accounting records of the Company and the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries and fairly present the information purported to be shown thereby.
          (q) The summary description of Carlton-Bates Company included in the Offering Memorandum under the headings “Summary—Recent Developments—Acquisition of Carlton-Bates” and “Our Plans to Acquire Carlton-Bates Company,” including the limited financial data included therein, is, to the knowledge of the Guarantor and the Company, accurate in all material respects, and nothing has come to the attention of the Guarantor and the Company that would cause them to believe that the audited annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 and the unaudited interim financial information for the period ended June 30, 2005 furnished to the Guarantor by Carlton-Bates Company and provided to the Initial Purchasers do not fairly present the financial position and results of operations of Carlton-Bates Company for the periods presented.
          (r) Other than as set forth in the Offering Memorandum, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is the subject which would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect or have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company or the Guarantor to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the Offering Memorandum and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.
          (s) No action has been taken by the Company or the Guarantor or their respective subsidiaries and no statute, rule, regulation or order has been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or body which prevents the issuance of the Securities or the Guarantee or the issuance of the Conversion Shares as contemplated by the Indenture or suspends the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee in any jurisdiction; no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction has been issued with respect to the Company or the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries which would prevent or suspend the issuance or sale of the Securities and the Guarantee or the issuance of the Conversion Shares as contemplated by the Indenture or the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum in any jurisdiction; no action, suit or

6


 

proceeding is pending against or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any governmental agency, body or official, domestic or foreign, which could reasonably be expected to interfere with or adversely affect the issuance of the Securities or the Guarantee or the issuance of the Conversion Shares as contemplated by the Indenture or in any manner draw into question the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or any action taken or to be taken pursuant thereto; and the Company and the Guarantor have complied with any and all requests by any securities authority in any jurisdiction for additional information to be included in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.
          (t) None of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except for any such violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (u) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, authorizations and permits issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies which are necessary or desirable for the ownership of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Offering Memorandum, except where the failure to possess any such license, certificate, authorization or permit or to make any such declaration or filing would not, individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries has received notification of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, authorization or permit or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, authorization or permit will not be renewed in the ordinary course.
          (v) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof and have paid all taxes due thereon, other than those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves provided and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries which has had (nor do the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have any knowledge of any tax deficiency which, if determined adversely to the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.
          (w) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the Guarantee and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Memorandum, will be an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

7


 

          (x) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are adequate to protect the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries and each of their respective businesses.
          (y) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, subject to the terms of the Guarantor’s accounts receivable securitization facility, in each case free and clear of all Liens except for any such Lien as is described in the Offering Memorandum or any such Lien as does not materially affect the value of such property and does not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such real property and buildings by the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries.
          (z) No labor disturbance by or dispute with the employees of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened.
          (aa) Except as specifically described in the Offering Memorandum, there are no costs or liabilities of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries associated with or arising from the application of any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances, directives and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the protection or restoration of the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”) (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for investigation, clean-up, closure or monitoring of currently or formerly owned or operated properties or compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or other approvals required of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries under Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, any related constraints on operating activities and any actual or potential liabilities, costs or obligations to third parties, including governmental authorities) which would, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          (bb) On and immediately after each Closing Date, each of the Company and the Guarantor (after giving effect to the issuance of the Securities and the Guarantee and to the other transactions related thereto as described in the Offering Memorandum) will be Solvent. As used in this paragraph, the term “Solvent” means, with respect to a particular date, that on such date (i) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of each of the Company and the Guarantor is not less than the total amount required to pay the probable liabilities on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (ii) each of the Company and the Guarantor is able to realize upon

8


 

its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, (iii) assuming the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum, neither the Company nor the Guarantor is incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (iv) neither the Company nor the Guarantor is engaged in any business or transaction, and neither of them is about to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which each of the Company and the Guarantor is engaged. In computing the amount of such contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
          (cc) None of the Company, Holdings or any of their affiliates does business with the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba within the meaning of Section 5127.075, Florida Statutes.
          (dd) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
          (ee) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
          (ff) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
          (gg) Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Memorandum any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum; and, since the date as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum, there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or consolidated long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective

9


 

material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum.
          (hh) None of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries owns any “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
          (ii) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.
          (jj) None of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates has, directly or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as such term is defined in the Securities Act), which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee in a manner that would require registration of the Securities and the Guarantee under the Securities Act or (ii) engaged, in connection with the offering of the Securities, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
          (kk) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action (A) designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities or the Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of such securities or (B) prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
          (ll) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
          2. Purchase and Resale of the Securities. (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and subject to terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, and each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, the principal amount of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser on Schedule 1 hereto at a purchase price equal to 97.5% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest from September 27, 2005 to the Firm Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any of the Firm Securities except upon payment for all of the Securities to be purchased as provided herein.

10


 

          (b) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company hereby grants the option to the Initial Purchasers to purchase, severally and not jointly, the Option Securities at the same purchase price as the Initial Purchasers will pay for the Firm Securities and the principal amount of the Option Securities to be sold to each Initial Purchaser shall be that principal amount which bears the same ratio to the aggregate principal amount of Option Securities being purchased as the principal amount of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser in Schedule I hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 7). The option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time upon notice in writing or by facsimile by Lehman, on behalf of itself and the other Initial Purchasers, to the Company setting forth the amount (which shall be an integral multiple of $1,000 principal amount) of Option Securities as to which such option is being exercised; provided that any Option Closing Date (as defined below) must not be more than 13 days subsequent to the Firm Closing Date.
          (c) The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they propose to offer the Securities for resale upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Offering Memorandum. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined below), (ii) it is purchasing the Securities pursuant to a private sale exempt from registration under the Securities Act, (iii) it has not solicited offers for, or offered or sold, and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (“Regulation D”) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and (iv) it has solicited and will solicit offers for the Securities only from, and has offered or sold and will offer, sell or deliver the Securities, as part of their initial offering, only to persons whom it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (“Qualified Institutional Buyers”), as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), or if any such person is buying for one or more institutional accounts for which such person is acting as fiduciary or agent, only when such person has represented to it that each such account is a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice has been given that such sale or delivery is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and in each case, in transactions in accordance with Rule 144A.
          (d) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that
     (i) it has not offered or sold and prior to the date six months after the last Closing Date will not offer or sell any Securities to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the United Kingdom Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 (as amended);
     (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the United

11


 

Kingdom Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and
     (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
          (e) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees that, prior to or simultaneously with the confirmation of sale by such Initial Purchaser to any purchaser of any of the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser from the Company pursuant hereto, such Initial Purchaser shall furnish to that purchaser a copy of the Offering Memorandum (and any amendment or supplement thereto that the Company shall have furnished to such Initial Purchaser prior to the date of such confirmation of sale). In addition to the foregoing, each Initial Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Company and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 5(d) and (e), counsel for the Company and for the Initial Purchasers, respectively, may rely upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers and their compliance with their agreements contained in this Section 2, and each Initial Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.
          (f) The Company and the Guarantor acknowledge and agree that the Initial Purchasers may sell Securities to any affiliate of an Initial Purchaser and that any such affiliate may sell Securities purchased by it to an Initial Purchaser.
          3. Delivery of and Payment for the Securities. (a) Delivery of and payment for the Firm Securities shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and the Company, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on September 27, 2005, or at such other time or date, not later than seven full business days thereafter, as shall be agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and the Company (such date and time of payment and delivery being referred to herein as the “Firm Closing Date”).
          (b) The date for the delivery of and payment for the Option Securities, being herein referred to as an “Option Closing Date”, which may be the Firm Closing Date (the Firm Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, being referred to as a “Closing Date”), shall be determined by the Initial Purchasers but shall not be later than five business days after written notice of election to purchase Option Securities is given.
          (c) On each Closing Date, payment of the purchase price for the Securities being purchased shall be made to the Company by wire or book-entry transfer of same-day funds to such account or accounts as the Company shall specify prior to such Closing Date or by such other means as the parties hereto shall agree prior to such Closing Date against delivery to the Initial Purchasers of the certificates evidencing the Securities being purchased. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder. Upon delivery, the Securities being purchased shall be in global form, registered in such names and in such denominations as Lehman on behalf of the Initial Purchasers shall have requested in writing not less than two full

12


 

business days prior to the applicable Closing Date. The Company agrees to make global certificates evidencing the Securities being purchased available for inspection by Lehman on behalf of the Initial Purchasers in New York, New York at least 24 hours prior to the applicable Closing Date.
          4. Further Agreements of the Company and the Guarantor. Each of the Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the several Initial Purchasers:
          (a) to advise the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested, confirm such advice in writing, of the happening of any event which makes any statement of a material fact made in the Offering Memorandum untrue or which requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented from time to time) in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; to advise the Initial Purchasers promptly of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum, of any suspension of the qualification of the Securities or the Guarantee for offering or sale in any jurisdiction and of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and to use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or suspending any such qualification and, if any such suspension is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time;
          (b) to furnish promptly to each of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, as many copies of the Offering Memorandum (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as may be reasonably requested;
          (c) prior to making any amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum, to furnish a copy thereof to each of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers and not to effect any such amendment or supplement to which the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after a reasonable period to review;
          (d) if, at any time prior to completion of the resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers or counsel for the Company, to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum in order that the Offering Memorandum will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if it is necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Memorandum to comply with applicable law, to promptly prepare such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or so that the Offering Memorandum, as so amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law;
          (e) for so long as the Securities and the Conversion Shares are outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, to furnish to holders of the Securities and the Conversion Shares and prospective purchasers of the Securities and the Conversion Shares designated by such holders, upon request of such holders

13


 

or such prospective purchasers, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company and the Guarantor are then subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (the foregoing agreement being for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities and the Conversion Shares designated by such holders);
          (f) to promptly take from time to time such actions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request to qualify the Securities and the Guarantee for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may designate and to continue such qualifications in effect for so long as required for the resale of the Securities and the Guarantee; and to arrange for the determination of the eligibility for investment of the Securities and the Guarantee under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request; provided, that, none of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries shall be obligated to qualify as foreign corporations in any jurisdiction in which they are not so qualified or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or to take any action which would subject it to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
          (g) to assist the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the Securities to be designated Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (“PORTAL”) Market securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) relating to trading in the PORTAL Market and for the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”);
          (h) not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as such term is defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee in a manner which would require registration of the Securities or the Guarantee under the Securities Act;
          (i) except following the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, and not to authorize or knowingly permit any person acting on their behalf to, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act; and not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities under circumstances where such offer, sale, contract or disposition would cause the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to cease to be applicable to the offering and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum;
          (j) during the Lock-up Period (as defined below), not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided hereunder, any Common Stock, securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Securities, including but not limited to any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Common Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without the prior written consent of Lehman and Goldman (the initial lock-up period will commence on the date hereof

14


 

and will continue to and including the date 60 days after the date of the Offering Memorandum; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial lock-up period the Company releases earnings results or announces material news or a material event or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial lock-up period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial lock-up period, then in each case the lock-up period will be automatically extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the announcement of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Lehman and Goldman waive, in writing, such extension (the “Lock-up Period”);
          (k) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Guarantee, until Lehman on behalf of the Initial Purchasers shall have notified the Company of the completion of the resale of the Securities, not to, and to cause its affiliated purchasers (as defined in Regulation M under the Exchange Act) not to, either alone or with one or more other persons, bid for or purchase, for any account in which it or any of its affiliated purchasers has a beneficial interest, any Securities or Common Stock, or attempt to induce any person to purchase any Securities or Common Stock; and not to, and to cause its affiliated purchasers not to, make bids or purchase for the purpose of creating actual, or apparent, active trading in or of raising the price of the Securities or Common Stock;
          (l) during the period of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates to, resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them;
          (m) to ensure that each of the Securities and each of the Conversion Shares bears, to the extent applicable, the legend contained in the Offering Memorandum under the caption “Notice to Investors” for the time period and upon the other terms stated therein;
          (n) to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee as set forth in the Offering Memorandum under the heading “Use of Proceeds”; and
          (o) to list the Conversion Shares on the New York Stock Exchange.
          5. Conditions of Initial Purchasers’ Obligations. The respective obligations of the several Initial Purchasers hereunder are subject to the accuracy, on and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantor contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of each of the Company and the Guarantor and their respective officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant hereto, to the performance by each of the Company and the Guarantor of their respective obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:
          (a) The Offering Memorandum (and any amendments or supplements thereto) shall have been printed and copies distributed to the Initial Purchasers as promptly as practicable on or following the date of this Agreement or at such other date and time as to which the Initial Purchasers may agree.
          (b) None of the Initial Purchasers shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date that the Offering Memorandum or any amendment or

15


 

supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
          (c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of the Transaction Documents, the Conversion Shares and the Offering Memorandum, and all other legal matters relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be satisfactory in all material respects to the Initial Purchasers, and the Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers all documents and information that they or their counsel may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
          (d) Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers its written opinion, as counsel to the Company and the Guarantor, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex B hereto.
          (e) The Initial Purchasers shall have received from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably require, and the Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to such counsel such documents and information as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
          (f) The Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a letter (the “PwC Comfort Letter”) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex C hereto.
          (g) The Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a letter (the “PwC Bring-Down Comfort Letter”) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date (i) confirming that they are an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulatons of the Commission thereunder, (ii) stating, as of the date of the PwC Bring-Down Comfort Letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Offering Memorandum, as of a date not more than three business days prior to the date of the PwC Bring-Down Comfort Letter), that the conclusions and findings of such accountants with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the PwC Comfort Letter are accurate and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the PwC Comfort Letter.
          (h) Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a certificate, dated the Closing Date, of its chief executive officer and its chief financial officer stating that (A) such officers have carefully examined the Offering Memorandum, (B) in their opinion, the Offering Memorandum, as of its date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated

16


 

therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and since the date of the Offering Memorandum, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Offering Memorandum so that the Offering Memorandum (as so amended or supplemented) would not include any untrue statement of a material fact and would not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (C) as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantor in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects, each of the Company and the Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied in all material respects all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date, and (D) subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements contained in the Offering Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operation of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries, or any change, or any development including a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or prospects of the Company, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole.
          (i) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement which shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each of the Company and the Guarantor.
          (j) The Indenture shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, and the Securities shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee.
          (k) The Securities shall have been approved by the NASD for trading in the PORTAL Market.
          (l) If any event shall have occurred that requires the Company under Section 4(d) to prepare an amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum, such amendment or supplement shall have been prepared, the Initial Purchasers shall have been given a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon, and copies thereof shall have been delivered to the Initial Purchasers reasonably in advance of the Closing Date.
          (m) There shall not have occurred any invalidation of Rule 144A under the Securities Act by any court or any withdrawal or proposed withdrawal of any rule or regulation under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act by the Commission or any amendment or proposed amendment thereof by the Commission which in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers would materially impair the ability of the Initial Purchasers to purchase, hold or effect resales of the Securities as contemplated hereby.
          (n) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), unless otherwise described or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt or any change, or any development involving a

17


 

prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or prospects of the Company, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
          (o) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or body which would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction, restraining order or order of any other nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction shall have been issued as of the Closing Date which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.
          (p) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Securities or any of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s other debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading), its rating of the Securities or any of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s other debt securities or preferred stock.
          (q) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the over-the-counter market shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or market by the Commission, by any such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, or trading in any securities of the Company or the Guarantor on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall have been suspended or (ii) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York state authorities or (iii) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or a declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (iv) a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions, including, without limitation, as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such) the effect of which, in the case of this clause (iv), is, in the judgment of Goldman and Lehman, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
          (r) The Initial Purchasers shall have received on the date hereof duly executed lock-up letter agreements in the form of Annex D hereto from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company.
          All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are

18


 

in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers.
          6. Termination. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be terminated by the Initial Purchasers, in their absolute discretion, by notice given to and received by the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Section 5(m), (n), (o), (p) or (q) shall have occurred and be continuing.
          7. Defaulting Initial Purchasers. (a) If any Initial Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder on any Closing Date, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers may in their discretion arrange for them or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Initial Purchaser, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers notify the Company that the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Company notifies the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers or the Company shall have the right to postpone any Closing Date for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Memorandum or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company and the Guarantor agree to promptly prepare any amendments or supplements to the Offering Memorandum which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Initial Purchaser” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.
          (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchaser and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Securities to be purchased at such Closing Date, then the Company and the Guarantor shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase the number of Securities which such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder at such Closing Date and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the aggregate principal amount of Securities which such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser from liability for its default.
          (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all of the Securities to be purchased at such Closing Date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Initial Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers, then this Agreement

19


 

shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company or the Guarantor, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers as provided in Section 12 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser from liability for its default.
          8. Reimbursement of Initial Purchasers’ Expenses. If this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 7 or as a result of the occurrence of any event described in Sections 5(m) or 5(q), the Company and the Guarantor shall not be under any liability to pay the expenses of the Initial Purchasers, except as provided in Sections 9, 10 and 12.
          9. Indemnification. (a) Each of the Company and the Guarantor will jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 9(a) and Section 10 as an Initial Purchaser), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Initial Purchaser may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any information provided by the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to Section 4(e), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Initial Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Initial Purchaser expressly for use therein.
          (b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Company, the Guarantor, their respective affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls either the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 9(b) and Section 10 as the Company), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged

20


 

omission was made in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Initial Purchaser through Lehman or Goldman expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
          10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) thereof in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under Section 9(c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be

21


 

deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantor bear to the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Guarantor on the one hand or the Initial Purchasers on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 10. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 10 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Initial Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities purchased by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers’ obligations in this Section 10 to contribute are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations and not joint.
          The obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under Section 9 and Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantor may otherwise have; and the obligations of the Initial Purchasers under Section 9 and Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Initial Purchasers may otherwise have.
          11. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Initial Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantor and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except (i) as provided in Sections 9 and 10 with respect to affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and controlling persons of the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers and in Section 4(e) with respect to holders and prospective purchasers of the Securities and (ii) that any and all obligations of, and services to be provided by Lehman and Goldman hereunder may be performed, and any and all rights of Lehman and Goldman hereunder may be exercised, by or through its affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 11, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.
          12. Expenses. The Company and the Guarantor jointly and severally agree with the Initial Purchasers to pay (a) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Securities, the Guarantee and the Conversion Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (b) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and

22


 

distribution of the Preliminary Offering Memorandum, the Offering Memorandum and any amendments or supplements thereto; (c) the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (d) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and delivery of the certificates evidencing the Securities and any Conversion Shares, including stamp duties and transfer taxes, stock exchange taxes, value added taxes, withholding taxes or similar duties or taxes, if any, payable upon authorization, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities; (e) the fees and expenses of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s counsel and independent accountants; (f) the fees and expenses of qualifying the Securities and the Guarantee under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 4(g) and of preparing, printing and distributing Blue Sky Memoranda (including related fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers); (g) any fees charged by rating agencies for rating the Securities and the Guarantee; (h) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and conversion agent and any paying agent (including related fees and expenses of any counsel to such parties); (i) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with the application for the inclusion of the Securities on the PORTAL Market and the approval of the Securities for book-entry transfer through DTC, the listing of the Conversion Shares on the New York Stock Exchange and any listing of the Securities on any securities exchange; and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this Agreement which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 12; provided, however, that except as provided in this Section 12 and Section 8, the Initial Purchasers shall pay their own costs and expenses.
          13. No Fiduciary Duty. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, each Initial Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Initial Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Initial Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Initial Purchasers and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Company and (v) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Initial Purchasers, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
          This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          The Company and each of the Initial Purchasers hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
          14. Research Independence. In addition, the Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that the Initial Purchasers’ research analysts and research departments are required

23


 

to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Initial Purchasers’ research analysts may hold and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Guarantor and/or the offering that differ from the views of its investment bankers. The Company and the Guarantor hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company or the Guarantor may have against the Initial Purchasers with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company or the Guarantor by such Initial Purchasers’ investment banking divisions. The Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that each of the Initial Purchasers is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies which may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          15. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantor or the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Securities and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancelation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents or controlling persons.
          16. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:
          (a) if to the Initial Purchasers, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to Lehman Brothers Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Department (Fax: 646-497-4815), with a copy, in the case of any notice pursuant to Section 7(c), to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Lehman Brothers Inc., 399 Park Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10022, and to Goldman, Sachs & Co., One New York Plaza, 42nd Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department (telecopier no.: 212-902-3000) and Lehman Brothers Inc., 745 7th Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (telecopier no.: 646-497-4815); or
          (b) if to the Company and the Guarantor, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to the address of the Company and the Guarantor set forth in the Offering Memorandum, Attention: Mr. Stephen A. Van Oss (telecopier no.: (412) 454-2477);
provided, however, that any notice to an Initial Purchaser pursuant to Section 7(c) shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to each such Initial Purchaser, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by Lehman Brothers upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Company and the Guarantor shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by Goldman and Lehman.

24


 

          17. Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading, (b) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
          18. Initial Purchasers’ Information. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Initial Purchasers’ Information consists solely of the statements concerning the Initial Purchasers contained in the last sentence of the second paragraph and the sixth, seventh and eighth paragraphs under the heading “Plan of Distribution” in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and the Offering Memorandum.
          19. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by telecopier) and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
          21. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
          22. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

25


 

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement among the Company, the Guarantor and the several Initial Purchasers in accordance with its terms.
         
    Very truly yours,
 
       
    WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss
 
       
 
      Name: Stephen A. Van Oss
 
      Title: Sr. VP, CFO & CAO
 
       
    WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Roy W. Haley
 
       
 
      Name: Roy W. Haley
 
      Title: CEO
         
Accepted:    
 
       
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
As representatives of the several Initial Purchasers
 
       
By:
  LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.    
 
       
By
  /s/ Michael A. Goldberg    
 
       
 
  Name: Michael A. Goldbert    
 
  Title: Managing Director    
 
       
By:
  GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.    
 
       
By
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
 
  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)    

26


 

SCHEDULE 1
         
    Principal Amount of  
Initial Purchasers   Firm Securities  
Lehman Brothers Inc.
  $ 46,875,000  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  $ 46,875,000  
UBS Securities LLC
  $ 12,500,000  
Banc of America Securities LLC
  $ 9,375,000  
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
  $ 9,375,000  
 
     
Total
  $ 125,000,000  
EX-1.2
 

Exhibit 1.2
WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
$150,000,000
7.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
September 22, 2005
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Lehman Brothers Inc.
As representatives of the several Initial Purchasers
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 7th Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”). The Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture to be dated as of September 27, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, WESCO International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”) and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by the Guarantor (the “Guarantee”). The Company and the Guarantor hereby confirm their agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman”), Lehman Brothers Inc. (“Lehman”), UBS Securities LLC , Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (with Goldman and Lehman, the “Initial Purchasers”) concerning the purchase of the Securities from the Company by the several Initial Purchasers.
     The Securities will be offered and sold to the Initial Purchasers without being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon an exemption therefrom. The Company and the Guarantor have prepared a preliminary Offering Circular dated September 19, 2005 (the “Preliminary Offering Circular”), and will prepare an Offering Circular dated the date hereof (the “Offering Circular”) setting forth and incoporating by reference information concerning the Company, the Guarantor and the Securities. Copies of the Preliminary Offering Circular have been, and copies of the Offering Circular will be, delivered by the Company and the Guarantor to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Any references herein to the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular shall be deemed to include all amendments and supplements thereto, unless otherwise noted. The Company and the Guarantor hereby confirm that they have authorized the use of the

 


 

Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular in connection with the offering and resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers in accordance with Section 2.
     Holders of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees) will be entitled to the benefits of an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex A (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company will agree to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) registering an issue of senior subordinated notes of the Company (the “Exchange Notes”) and a related guarantee (the “Exchange Guarantee”) which are identical in all material respects to the Notes and the Guarantee (except that the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantee will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions) and (ii) under certain circumstances, a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (the “Shelf Registration Statement”).
     Capitalized terms used, but not defined, herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Offering Circular.
     1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company and the Guarantor. The Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to, and agree with, the several Initial Purchasers on and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3) that:
     (a) Each of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular, as of its respective date, did not, and on the Closing Date the Offering Circular will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, that the Company and the Guarantor make no representation or warranty as to information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular in reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to the Initial Purchasers furnished to the Company or the Guarantor by or on behalf of any Initial Purchaser specifically for use therein (the “Initial Purchasers’ Information”).
     (b) The documents incorporated by reference in each of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular, when they became effective or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, together, where applicable, with any amendments thereto, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and none of such documents contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and any further documents so filed and incorporated by reference in the Offering Circular or any further amendment or supplement thereto, when such documents become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

2


 

     (c) Each of the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular, as of its respective date, contains all of the information that, if requested by a prospective purchaser of the Securities, would be required to be provided to such prospective purchaser pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
     (d) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers contained in Section 2 and their compliance with the agreements set forth therein, it is not necessary, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities and the Guarantee to the Initial Purchasers and the offer, resale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantee by the Initial Purchasers in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture and the Offering Circular, to register the Securities or the Guarantee under the Securities Act or to qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”).
     (e) Each of the Company and the Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Offering Circular, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”), or is subject to no material liability or disability by reason of the failure to be so qualified in any such jurisdiction; and each “significant subsidiary” (as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X and referred to herein as the “Significant Subsidiary”) of each of the Company and the Guarantor has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
     (f) On the Closing Date, the Guarantor (on a consolidated basis) will have an as adjusted capitalization as of June 30, 2005 as set forth in the Offering Circular under the heading “Capitalization”. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the Offering Circular. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Significant Subsidiary of the Company and the Guarantor have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company or the Guarantor, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (“Liens”). The Company is the only direct subsidiary of the Guarantor on the date hereof.
     (g) The Company and the Guarantor have all requisite corporate right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Securities (in the case of the Company only) and the Guarantee (in the case of the Gurantor only) (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) and to perform their respective obligations hereunder and thereunder; and all corporate action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery of each of the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby has been duly and validly taken.

3


 

     (h) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantor.
     (i) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantor and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantor enforceable against the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (j) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantor and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantor enforceable against the Company and the Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). On the Closing Date, the Indenture will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to an indenture which is qualified thereunder.
     (k) The Securities have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (l) The Guarantee has been duly authorized by the Guarantor and, when the Securities have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered as provided in the Indenture and paid for as provided herein, will be valid and legally binding obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their terms, except to the extent that such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     (m) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and if and when duly issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered in accordance with the exchange offer provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such

4


 

enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
     (n) The Guarantor has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue the Exchange Guarantee. The Exchange Guarantee has been duly and validly authorized by the Guarantor and if and when duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and upon the due execution and authentication of the Exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture and the issuance and delivery of the Exchange Notes in the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Guarantor, entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles
     (o) Each Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Offering Circular.
     (p) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Guarantor of each of the Transaction Documents to which each is a party, the issuance, authentication, sale and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantee and compliance by the Company and the Guarantor with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents will not (i) violate or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is subject, except for any such breach or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or otherwise interfere with the consummation of the transactions consummated by the Transaction Documents; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By laws of the Company or the Guarantor; or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries or any of their properties; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except as may be required to be obtained or made under the Securities Act as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement and under applicable state or foreign securities laws and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities and the Guarantee by the Initial Purchasers.
     (q) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. The historical financial statements (including the related notes) of the

5


 

Guarantor contained in the Offering Circular have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby and fairly present the financial position of the entities purported to be covered thereby at the respective dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the respective periods indicated; and the financial information contained in the Offering Circular under the headings “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 11, “Executive Compensation”, of the Guarantor’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 7, 2005 with the Commission are derived from the accounting records of the Company and the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries and fairly present the information purported to be shown thereby.
     (r) The summary description of Carlton-Bates Company included in the Offering Circular under the headings “Summary—Recent Developments—Acquisition of Carlton-Bates” and “Our Plans to Acquire Carlton-Bates Company,” including the limited financial data included therein, is, to the knowledge of the Company and the Guarantor, accurate in all material respects, and nothing has come to the attention of the Company and the Guarantor that would cause them to believe that the audited annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 and the unaudited interim financial information for the period ended June 30, 2005 furnished to the Company by Carlton-Bates Company and provided to the Initial Purchasers do not fairly present the financial position and results of operations of Carlton-Bates Company for the periods presented.
     (s) Other than as set forth in the Offering Circular, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is the subject which would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect or have a material adverse effect on the power or ability of the Company or the Guarantor to perform their obligations under the Transaction Documents or to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the Offering Circular and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.
     (t) No action has been taken by the Company or the Guarantor or their respective subsidiaries and no statute, rule, regulation or order has been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or body which prevents the issuance of the Securities or the Guarantee or suspends the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee in any jurisdiction; no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction has been issued with respect to the Company or the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries which would prevent or suspend the issuance or sale of the Securities and the Guarantee or the use of the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular in any jurisdiction; no action, suit or proceeding is pending against or, to the knowledge of the Company or the Guarantor, threatened against or affecting the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any governmental agency, body or official, domestic or foreign, which could reasonably be expected to interfere with or adversely affect the issuance of the Securities or the Guarantee or in any manner draw into question the validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or any action taken or to be taken

6


 

pursuant thereto; and the Company and the Guarantor have complied with any and all requests by any securities authority in any jurisdiction for additional information to be included in the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular.
     (u) None of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except for any such violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (v) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, authorizations and permits issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies which are necessary or desirable for the ownership of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Offering Circular, except where the failure to possess any such license, certificate, authorization or permit or to make any such declaration or filing would not, individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries has received notification of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, authorization or permit or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, authorization or permit will not be renewed in the ordinary course.
     (w) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof and have paid all taxes due thereon, other than those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves provided and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries which has had (nor do the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have any knowledge of any tax deficiency which, if determined adversely to the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect.
     (x) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor is and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the Guarantee and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Offering Circular, will be an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).
     (y) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are adequate to protect the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries and each of their respective businesses.
     (z) The Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and

7


 

marketable title to all personal property owned by them, subject to the terms of the Company’s accounts receivable securitization facility, in each case free and clear of all Liens except for any such Lien as is described in the Offering Circular or any such Lien as does not materially affect the value of such property and does not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such real property and buildings by the Company, the Guarantor and each of their respective Significant Subsidiaries.
     (aa) No labor disturbance by or dispute with the employees of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened.
     (bb) Except as specifically described in the Offering Circular, there are no costs or liabilities of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries associated with or arising from the application of any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws, rules, ordinances, directives and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the protection or restoration of the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”) (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for investigation, clean-up, closure or monitoring of currently or formerly owned or operated properties or compliance with any Environmental Laws or any permits, licenses or other approvals required of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries under Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, any related constraints on operating activities and any actual or potential liabilities, costs or obligations to third parties, including governmental authorities) which would, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
     (cc) On and immediately after the Closing Date, each of the Company and the Guarantor (after giving effect to the issuance of the Securities and Guarantee and to the other transactions related thereto as described in the Offering Circular) will be Solvent. As used in this paragraph, the term “Solvent” means, with respect to a particular date, that on such date (i) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of each of the Company and the Guarantor is not less than the total amount required to pay the probable liabilities on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (ii) each of the Company and the Guarantor is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, (iii) assuming the sale of the Securities and Guarantee as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Circular, neither the Company nor the Guarantor is incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (iv) neither the Company nor the Guarantor is engaged in any business or transaction, and neither of them is about to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which each of the Company and the Guarantor is engaged. In computing the amount of such contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such

8


 

liabilities will be computed at the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
     (dd) None of the Company, Holdings or any of their affiliates does business with the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba within the meaning of Section 5127.075, Florida Statutes.
     (ee) The Guarantor maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
     (ff) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular, there has been no change in the Guarantor’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Guarantor’s internal control over financial reporting.
     (gg) The Guarantor maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Guarantor and its subsidiaries is made known to the Guarantor’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
     (hh) Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any of their respective Significant Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Offering Circular any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular; and, since the date as of which information is given in the Offering Circular, there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or consolidated long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Offering Circular.
     (ii) None of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries owns any “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring

9


 

any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.
     (jj) The Securities satisfy the eligibility requirements of Rule 144A(d)(3) under the Securities Act.
     (kk) None of the Company, the Guarantor, any of their respective affiliates or any person acting on their behalf (other than the Initial Purchasers) has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts (as such term is defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”)) with respect to the Securities, and all such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restrictions requirement of Regulation S to the extent applicable.
     (ll) None of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates has, directly or through any agent, (i) sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as such term is defined in the Securities Act), which is or will be integrated with the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee in a manner that would require registration of the Securities and the Guarantee under the Securities Act or (ii) engaged, in connection with the offering of the Securities, in any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
     (mm) Neither the Company nor the Guarantor has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action (A) designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Securities to facilitate the sale or resale of such securities or (B) prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
     (nn) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
     2. Purchase and Resale of the Securities. (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements contained herein, and subject to terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, and each of the Initial Purchasers, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, the principal amount of Securities set forth opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser on Schedule 1 hereto at a purchase price equal to 98% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest from September 27 2005 to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any of the Securities except upon payment for all of the Securities to be purchased as provided herein.
     (b) The Initial Purchasers have advised the Company that they propose to offer the Securities for resale upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Offering Circular. Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined below), (ii) it is purchasing the

10


 

Securities pursuant to a private sale exempt from registration under the Securities Act, (iii) it has not solicited offers for, or offered or sold, and will not solicit offers for, or offer or sell, the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (“Regulation D”) or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and (iv) it has solicited and will solicit offers for the Securities only from, and has offered or sold and will offer, sell or deliver the Securities, as part of their initial offering, only (A) within the United States to persons whom it reasonably believes to be qualified institutional buyers (“Qualified Institutional Buyers”), as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), or if any such person is buying for one or more institutional accounts for which such person is acting as fiduciary or agent, only when such person has represented to it that each such account is a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice has been given that such sale or delivery is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and in each case, in transactions in accordance with Rule 144A and (B) ouside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”).
     (c) In connection with the offer and sale of Securities in reliance on Regulation S, each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that:
     (i) the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for account or benefit of, U.S. persons except pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
     (ii) such Initial Purchaser has offered and sold the Securities, and will offer and sell the Securities, (A) as part of its distribution at any time and (B) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Securities and the Closing Date, only in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.
     (iii) none of such Initial Purchaser or any of its affiliates or any other person acting on its or their behalf has engaged or will engage in any directed selling efforts with respect to the Securities, and all such persons have complied and will comply with the offering restriction requirements of Regulation S.
     (iv) at or prior to the confirmation of sale of any Securities sold in reliance on Regulation S, it will have sent to each distributor, dealer or other person receiving a selling concession, fee or other remuneration that purchases Securities from it during the restricted period a confirmation or notice to substantially the following effect:
“The Securities covered hereby have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may not be offered or sold within the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of, U.S. persons (i) as part of their distribution at any time or (ii) otherwise until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering of the

11


 

Securities and the date of original issuance of the Securities, except in accordance with Regulation S or Rule 144A or any other available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Terms used above have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.”
     (v) it has not and will not enter into any contractual arrangement with any distributor with respect to the distribution of the Securities, except with its affiliates or with the prior written consent of the Company.
     Terms used in this Section 2(c) have the meanings given to them by Regulation S.
     (d) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, represents, warrants and agrees that
     (i) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the United Kingdom Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any Securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and
     (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
     (e) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, agrees that, prior to or simultaneously with the confirmation of sale by such Initial Purchaser to any purchaser of any of the Securities purchased by such Initial Purchaser from the Company pursuant hereto, such Initial Purchaser shall furnish to that purchaser a copy of the Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto that the Company shall have furnished to such Initial Purchaser prior to the date of such confirmation of sale). In addition to the foregoing, each Initial Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that the Company and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 5(d) and (e), counsel for the Company and for the Initial Purchasers, respectively, may rely upon the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Initial Purchasers and their compliance with their agreements contained in this Section 2, and each Initial Purchaser hereby consents to such reliance.
     (f) The Company and the Guarantor acknowledge and agree that the Initial Purchasers may sell Securities to any affiliate of an Initial Purchaser and that any such affiliate may sell Securities purchased by it to an Initial Purchaser.
     3. Delivery of and Payment for the Securities. (a) Delivery of and payment for the Securities shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and the Company, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on September 27, 2005, or at such other time or date, not later than seven full business days thereafter, as shall be agreed upon by the Initial Purchasers and the Company (such date and time of payment and delivery being referred to herein as the “Closing Date”).

12


 

     (b) On the Closing Date, payment of the purchase price for the Securities shall be made to the Company by wire or book-entry transfer of same-day funds to such account or accounts as the Company shall specify prior to the Closing Date or by such other means as the parties hereto shall agree prior to the Closing Date against delivery to the Initial Purchasers of the certificates evidencing the Securities. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder. Upon delivery, the Securities shall be in global form, registered in such names and in such denominations as Goldman on behalf of the Initial Purchasers shall have requested in writing not less than two full business days prior to the Closing Date. The Company agrees to make global certificates evidencing the Securities available for inspection by Goldman on behalf of the Initial Purchasers in New York, New York at least 24 hours prior to the Closing Date.
     4. Further Agreements of the Company and the Guarantor. Each of the Company and the Guarantor, jointly and severally, agrees with each of the several Initial Purchasers:
     (a) to advise the Initial Purchasers promptly and, if requested, confirm such advice in writing, of the happening of any event which makes any statement of a material fact made in the Offering Circular untrue or which requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Offering Circular (as amended or supplemented from time to time) in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; to advise the Initial Purchasers promptly of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular, of any suspension of the qualification of the Securities or the Guarantee for offering or sale in any jurisdiction and of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and to use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or suspending any such qualification and, if any such suspension is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time;
     (b) to furnish promptly to each of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers, without charge, as many copies of the Offering Circular (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as may be reasonably requested;
     (c) prior to making any amendment or supplement to the Offering Circular, to furnish a copy thereof to each of the Initial Purchasers and counsel for the Initial Purchasers and not to effect any such amendment or supplement to which the Initial Purchasers shall reasonably object by notice to the Company after a reasonable period to review;
     (d) if, at any time prior to completion of the resale of the Securities by the Initial Purchasers, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers or counsel for the Company, to amend or supplement the Offering Circular in order that the Offering Circular will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if it is necessary to amend or supplement the Offering Circular to comply with applicable law, to promptly prepare such amendment or supplement as may be

13


 

necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or so that the Offering Circular, as so amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law;
     (e) for so long as the Securities are outstanding and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, to furnish to holders of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities designated by such holders, upon request of such holders or such prospective purchasers, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act, unless the Company and the Guarantor are then subject to and in compliance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (the foregoing agreement being for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities and prospective purchasers of the Securities designated by such holders);
     (f) to promptly take from time to time such actions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request to qualify the Securities and the Guarantee for offering and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may designate and to continue such qualifications in effect for so long as required for the resale of the Securities and the Guarantee; and to arrange for the determination of the eligibility for investment of the Securities and the Guarantee under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably request; provided, that, none of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries shall be obligated to qualify as foreign corporations in any jurisdiction in which they are not so qualified or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or to take any action which would subject it to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;
     (g) to assist the Initial Purchasers in arranging for the Securities to be designated Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages (“PORTAL”) Market securities in accordance with the rules and regulations adopted by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) relating to trading in the PORTAL Market and for the Securities to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”);
     (h) not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as such term is defined in the Securities Act) which could be integrated with the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee in a manner which would require registration of the Securities or the Guarantee under the Securities Act;
     (i) except following the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, not to, and to cause its affiliates not to, and not to authorize or knowingly permit any person acting on their behalf to, solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell the Securities by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Regulation D or in any manner involving a public offering within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act; and not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities under circumstances where such offer, sale, contract or disposition would cause the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act to cease to be applicable to the offering and sale of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Circular;

14


 

     (j) for a period of 60 days from the date of the Offering Circular, not to offer for sale, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file a registration statement for, or announce any offer, sale, contract for sale of or other disposition of any debt securities issued or guaranteed by the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries (other than the Securities or the Exchange Securities) without the prior written consent of Goldman and Lehman;
     (k) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the Guarantee, until Goldman and Lehman on behalf of the Initial Purchasers shall have notified the Company of the completion of the resale of the Securities, not to, and to cause its affiliated purchasers (as defined in Regulation M under the Exchange Act) not to, either alone or with one or more other persons, bid for or purchase, for any account in which it or any of its affiliated purchasers has a beneficial interest, any Securities, or attempt to induce any person to purchase any Securities; and not to, and to cause its affiliated purchasers not to, make bids or purchase for the purpose of creating actual, or apparent, active trading in or of raising the price of the Securities;
     (l) during the period of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its affiliates to, resell any of the Securities which constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144 that have been reacquired by any of them;
     (m) to ensure that each of the Securities bears, to the extent applicable, the legend contained in the Offering Circular under the caption “Notice to Investors” for the time period and upon the other terms stated therein, except after the Securities are resold pursuant to a registration statement effective under the Securities Act; and
     (n) to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities and the Guarantee as set forth in the Offering Circular under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.
     5. Conditions of Initial Purchasers’ Obligations. The respective obligations of the several Initial Purchasers hereunder are subject to the accuracy, on and as of the date hereof and the Closing Date, of the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantor contained herein, to the accuracy of the statements of each of the Company and the Guarantor and their respective officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant hereto, to the performance by each of the Company and the Guarantor of their respective obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:
     (a) The Offering Circular (and any amendments or supplements thereto) shall have been printed and copies distributed to the Initial Purchasers as promptly as practicable on or following the date of this Agreement or at such other date and time as to which the Initial Purchasers may agree.
     (b) None of the Initial Purchasers shall have discovered and disclosed to the Company on or prior to the Closing Date that the Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto contains an untrue statement of a fact which, in the opinion of counsel for the Initial Purchasers, is material or omits to state any fact which, in the opinion of such counsel, is material and is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

15


 

     (c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of each of the Transaction Documents and the Offering Circular, and all other legal matters relating to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, shall be satisfactory in all material respects to the Initial Purchasers, and the Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers all documents and information that they or their counsel may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
     (d) Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers its written opinion, as counsel to the Company and the Guarantor, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex B hereto.
     (e) The Initial Purchasers shall have received from Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Initial Purchasers, such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, with respect to such matters as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably require, and the Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to such counsel such documents and information as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
     (f) The Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a letter (the “PwC Comfort Letter”) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex C hereto.
     (g) The Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a letter (the “PwC Bring-Down Comfort Letter”) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, addressed to the Initial Purchasers and dated the Closing Date (i) confirming that they are an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulatons of the Commission thereunder, (ii) stating, as of the date of the PwC Bring-Down Comfort Letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Offering Circular, as of a date not more than three business days prior to the date of the PwC Bring-Down Comfort Letter), that the conclusions and findings of such accountants with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the PwC Comfort Letter are accurate and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the PwC Comfort Letter.
     (h) Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Initial Purchasers a certificate, dated the Closing Date, of its chief executive officer and its chief financial officer stating that (A) such officers have carefully examined the Offering Circular, (B) in their opinion, the Offering Circular, as of its date, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and since the date of the Offering Circular, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Offering Circular so that the Offering Circular (as so amended or supplemented) would not include any untrue statement of a material fact and would not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary

16


 

in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (C) as of the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of each of the Company and the Guarantor in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects, each of the Company and the Guarantor has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied in all material respects all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date, and (D) subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements contained in the Offering Circular, there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or results of operation of the Company, the Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries, or any change, or any development including a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or prospects of the Company, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole.
     (i) The Initial Purchasers shall have received a counterpart of the Registration Rights Agreement which shall have been executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each of the Company and the Guarantor.
     (j) The Indenture shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee, and the Securities shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee.
     (k) The Securities shall have been approved by the NASD for trading in the PORTAL Market.
     (l) If any event shall have occurred that requires the Company under Section 4(d) to prepare an amendment or supplement to the Offering Circular, such amendment or supplement shall have been prepared, the Initial Purchasers shall have been given a reasonable opportunity to comment thereon, and copies thereof shall have been delivered to the Initial Purchasers reasonably in advance of the Closing Date.
     (m) There shall not have occurred any invalidation of Rule 144A under the Securities Act by any court or any withdrawal or proposed withdrawal of any rule or regulation under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act by the Commission or any amendment or proposed amendment thereof by the Commission which in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers would materially impair the ability of the Initial Purchasers to purchase, hold or effect resales of the Securities as contemplated hereby.
     (n) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if earlier, the dates as of which information is given in the Offering Circular (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), unless otherwise described or contemplated in the Offering Memorandum (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto), there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business or prospects of the Company, the Guarantor and their respective subsidiaries taken as a whole, the effect of which, in any such case described above, is, in the judgment of the Initial Purchasers, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Offering Circular (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).

17


 

     (o) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental agency or body which would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities; and no injunction, restraining order or order of any other nature by any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction shall have been issued as of the Closing Date which would prevent the issuance or sale of the Securities.
     (p) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Securities or any of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s other debt securities or preferred stock by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading), its rating of the Securities or any of the Company’s or the Guarantor’s other debt securities or preferred stock.
     (q) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the over-the-counter market shall have been suspended or limited, or minimum prices shall have been established on any such exchange or market by the Commission, by any such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, or trading in any securities of the Company or the Guarantor on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market shall have been suspended or (ii) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York state authorities or (iii) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or a declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (iv) a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions, including, without limitation, as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such) the effect of which, in the case of this clause (iv), is, in the judgment of Goldman and Lehman, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the sale or the delivery of the Securities on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and in the Offering Circular (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto).
     All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Initial Purchasers.
     6. Termination. The obligations of the Initial Purchasers hereunder may be terminated by the Initial Purchasers, in their absolute discretion, by notice given to and received by the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Securities if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Section 5(m), (n), (o), (p) or (q) shall have occurred and be continuing.
     7. Defaulting Initial Purchasers. (a) If any Initial Purchaser shall default in its obligation to purchase the Securities which it has agreed to purchase hereunder on the Closing Date, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers may in their discretion arrange for them or another party or other parties to purchase such Securities on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-

18


 

six hours after such default by any Initial Purchaser, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers do not arrange for the purchase of such Securities, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Securities on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers notify the Company that the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, or the Company notifies the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers that they have so arranged for the purchase of such Securities, the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Offering Circular or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company and the Guarantor agree to promptly prepare any amendments or supplements to the Offering Circular which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Initial Purchaser” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Securities.
     (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchsers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchaser and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Securities which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Securities to be purchased at the Closing Date, then the Company and the Guarantor shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase the number of Securities which such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder at the Closing Date and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser to purchase its pro rata share (based on the aggregate principal amount of Securities which such Initial Purchaser agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Securities of such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser from liability for its default.
     (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers by the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate principal amount of all of the Securities to be purchased at the Closing Date, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Initial Purchasers to purchase Securities of a defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser or the Company or the Guarantor, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers as provided in Section 12 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 and Section 10 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Initial Purchaser from liability for its default.
     8. Reimbursement of Initial Purchasers’ Expenses. If this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 7 or as a result of the occurrence of any event described in Sections 5(m) or 5(q), the Company and the Guarantor shall not be under any liability to pay the expenses of the Initial Purchasers, except as provided in Sections 9, 10 and 12.

19


 

     9. Indemnification. (a) Each of the Company and the Guarantor will jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 9(a) and Section 10 as an Initial Purchaser), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Initial Purchaser may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any information provided by the Company or the Guarantor pursuant to Section 4(e), or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Initial Purchaser for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Initial Purchaser in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantor shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or in any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Initial Purchaser expressly for use therein.
     (b) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Company, the Guarantor, their respective affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls either the Company or the Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 9(b) and Section 10 as the Company), against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Preliminary Offering Circular or the Offering Circular or in any amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Initial Purchaser through Lehman or Goldman expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.
     (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified

20


 

party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
     10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) thereof in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other from the offering of the Securities. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under Section 9(c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantor bear to the total discounts and commissions received by the Initial Purchasers. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Guarantor on the one hand or the Initial Purchasers on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 10. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a

21


 

result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 10 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Initial Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities purchased by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Initial Purchasers’ obligations in this Section 10 to contribute are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations and not joint.
     The obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under Section 9 and Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantor may otherwise have; and the obligations of the Initial Purchasers under Section 9 and Section 10 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Initial Purchasers may otherwise have.
     11. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Initial Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantor and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except (i) as provided in Sections 9 and 10 with respect to affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents and controlling persons of the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers and in Section 4(e) with respect to holders and prospective purchasers of the Securities and (ii) that any and all obligations of, and services to be provided by, Goldman and Lehman hereunder may be performed, and any and all rights of Goldman and Lehman hereunder may be exercised, by or through its affiliates. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 11, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.
     12. Expenses. The Company and the Guarantor jointly and severally agree with the Initial Purchasers to pay (a) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Securities and the Guarantee and any taxes payable in that connection; (b) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and distribution of the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto; (c) the costs of reproducing and distributing each of the Transaction Documents; (d) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and delivery of the certificates evidencing the Securities, including stamp duties and transfer taxes, stock exchange taxes, value added taxes, withholding taxes or similar duties or taxes, if any, payable upon authorization, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities; (e) the fees and expenses of the Company’s and the Guarantor’s counsel and independent accountants; (f) the fees and expenses of qualifying the Securities and the Guarantee under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 4(g) and of preparing, printing and distributing Blue Sky Memoranda (including related fees and expenses of counsel for the Initial Purchasers); (g) any fees charged by rating agencies for rating the Securities and the Guarantee; (h) the fees and expenses of the Trustee and any paying agent (including related fees and expenses of any counsel to such parties); (i) all expenses and application fees incurred

22


 

in connection with the application for the inclusion of the Securities on the PORTAL Market and the approval of the Securities for book-entry transfer through DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream and any listing of the Securities on any securities exchange; and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this Agreement which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 12; provided, however, that except as provided in this Section 12 and Section 8, the Initial Purchasers shall pay their own costs and expenses.
     13. No Fiduciary Duty. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, each Initial Purchaser is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Initial Purchaser has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Initial Purchaser has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Initial Purchasers and their respective affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Company and (v) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Initial Purchasers, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.
     This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     The Company and each of the Initial Purchasers hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
     14. Research Independence. In addition, the Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that the Initial Purchasers’ research analysts and research departments are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Initial Purchasers’ research analysts may hold and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Guarantor and/or the offering that differ from the views of its investment bankers. The Company and the Guarantor hereby waive and release, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company or the Guarantor may have against the Initial Purchasers with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company or the Guarantor by such Initial Purchasers’ investment banking divisions. The Company and the Guarantor acknowledge that each of the Initial Purchasers is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and

23


 

hold long or short positions in debt or equity securities of the companies which may be the subject of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
     15. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Guarantor or the Initial Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Securities and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancelation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any of their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents or controlling persons.
     16. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:
     (a) if to the Initial Purchasers, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to Goldman, Sachs & Co., One New York Plaza, 42nd Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Registration Department (telecopier no.: 212-902-3000) and Lehman Brothers Inc., 745 7th Avenue, New York, New York 10019 (telecopier no.: 646-497-4815); or
     (b) if to the Company and the Guarantor, shall be delivered or sent by mail or telecopy transmission to the address of the Company and the Guarantor set forth in the Offering Circular, Attention: Mr. Stephen A. Van Oss (telecopier no.: (412) 454-2477 );
provided, that, any notice to an Initial Purchaser pursuant to Section 9(c) shall also be delivered or sent by mail to such Initial Purchaser at its address set forth in its purchasers’ questionnaire, or telex constituting such questionnaire included in the agreement among the initial purchasers, which address will be supplied to the Company by the Initial Purchaser upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Company and the Guarantor shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by Goldman and Lehman.
     17. Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading, (b) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
     18. Initial Purchasers’ Information. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, for all purposes of this Agreement, the Initial Purchasers’ Information consists solely of the statements concerning the Initial Purchasers contained in the last sentence of the second paragraph and the sixth, seventh and eighth paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting” in the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Offering Circular.
     19. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

24


 

     20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by telecopier) and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.
     21. Amendments. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
     22. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

25


 

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement among the Company, the Guarantor and the several Initial Purchasers in accordance with its terms.
                         
            Very truly yours,    
 
                       
            WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.    
 
                       
            By:   /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss    
                     
                Name:   Stephen A. Van Oss    
 
              Title:   Sr. VP, CFO & CAO    
 
            WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.    
 
                       
            By:   /s/ Roy W. Haley    
                     
                Name:   Roy W. Haley    
                Title:   CEO    
Accepted:                
 
                       
Goldman, Sachs & Co.                
Lehman Brothers Inc.                
As representatives of the several Initial Purchasers        
 
                       
By:   GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.                
 
                       
By   /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.                
                     
    (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)                
 
                       
By:   LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.                
 
                       
By   /s/ Stephen Mehos                
                     
    Name:   Stephen Mehos                
 
  Title:   Managing Director                

26


 

EXECUTION COPY
SCHEDULE 1
         
    Principal Amount of  
Initial Purchasers   Securities  
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
  $ 56,250,000  
Lehman Brothers Inc.
  $ 56,250,000  
UBS Securities LLC
  $ 15,000,000  
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
  $ 11,250,000  
Banc of America Securities LLC
  $ 11,250,000  
 
     
Total
  $ 150,000,000  

 

EX-4.1
 

Exhibit 4.1
 
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of September 27, 2005
 
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
Trustee
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
ARTICLE 1 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
    1  
 
       
SECTION 1.01.Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    17  
SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE 2 The Debentures
    18  
 
       
SECTION 2.01. Designation, Amount and Issuance of Debentures
    18  
SECTION 2.02. Form of the Debentures
    18  
SECTION 2.03. Date and Denomination of Debentures; Payment at Maturity; Payment of Interest
    19  
SECTION 2.04. Execution and Authentication
    20  
SECTION 2.05. Registrar and Paying Agent
    21  
SECTION 2.06. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    22  
SECTION 2.07. Debentureholder Lists
    22  
SECTION 2.08. Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures; Restrictions on Transfer
    22  
SECTION 2.09. Replacement Debentures
    27  
SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Debentures
    28  
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Debentures
    28  
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation
    28  
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest
    29  
SECTION 2.14. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    29  
 
       
ARTICLE 3 Redemption and Repurchase of Debentures
    29  
 
       
SECTION 3.01. Optional Redemption of Debentures
    29  
SECTION 3.02. Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Debentures to Be Redeemed
    29  
SECTION 3.03. Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption
    31  
SECTION 3.04. Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change
    32  

- i -


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 3.05. Repurchase of Debentures by the Company at the Option of Holders
    33  
SECTION 3.06. Company Repurchase Notice
    34  
SECTION 3.07. Effect of Repurchase Notice; Withdrawal
    36  
SECTION 3.08. Deposit of Repurchase Price
    36  
SECTION 3.09. Debentures Repurchased in Part
    37  
 
       
ARTICLE 4 Covenants
    37  
 
       
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Debentures
    37  
SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
    37  
SECTION 4.03. 144A Information
    38  
SECTION 4.04. Existence
    38  
SECTION 4.05. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
    38  
SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate
    39  
SECTION 4.07. Further Instruments and Acts
    39  
SECTION 4.08. Contingent Interest
    39  
SECTION 4.09. Contingent Interest Notification
    39  
SECTION 4.10. Tax Treatment
    40  
SECTION 4.11. Additional Interest Notice
    40  
 
       
ARTICLE 5 Successor Company
    40  
 
       
SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets
    40  
SECTION 5.02. Successor to be Substituted
    41  
SECTION 5.03. Opinion of Counsel to be Given Trustee
    41  
 
       
ARTICLE 6 Defaults and Remedies
    42  
 
       
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default
    42  
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration
    44  
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies
    44  
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
    44  
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority
    44  
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits
    45  
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Debentureholders to Receive Payment
    45  

- ii -


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
    45  
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    46  
SECTION 6.10. Priorities
    46  
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
    46  
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
    47  
 
       
ARTICLE 7 Trustee
    47  
 
       
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee
    47  
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee
    48  
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
    49  
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    49  
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults
    49  
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Debentureholders
    49  
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
    49  
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
    50  
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger
    51  
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
    51  
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    51  
 
       
ARTICLE 8 Discharge of Indenture
    52  
 
       
SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Debentures
    52  
SECTION 8.02. Application of Trust Money
    52  
SECTION 8.03. Repayment to Company 52
       
SECTION 8.04. Reinstatement
    52  
 
       
ARTICLE 9 Amendments
    53  
 
       
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Debentureholders
    53  
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Debentureholders
    54  
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    55  
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
    55  
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Debentures
    56  
SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments
    56  

- iii -


 

         
    Page  
ARTICLE 10 Conversion of Debentures
    56  
 
       
SECTION 10.01. Right to Convert
    56  
SECTION 10.02. Exercise of Conversion Right; Issuance of Common Stock on Conversion; No Adjustment for Interest or Dividends
    59  
SECTION 10.03. Cash Payments in Lieu of Fractional Shares
    60  
SECTION 10.04. Conversion Rate
    61  
SECTION 10.05. Adjustment of Conversion Rate
    62  
SECTION 10.06. Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale
    72  
SECTION 10.07. Taxes on Shares Issued
    73  
SECTION 10.08. Reservation of Shares, Shares to be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock
    73  
SECTION 10.09. Responsibility of Trustee
    74  
SECTION 10.10. Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions
    75  
SECTION 10.11. Stockholder Rights Plans
    76  
SECTION 10.12. Settlement Upon Conversion
    76  
SECTION 10.13. Conversion After a Public Acquirer Change of Control
    76  
 
       
ARTICLE 11 Distribution Guarantee
    77  
 
       
SECTION 11.01. Distribution Guarantee
    77  
SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability
    79  
SECTION 11.03. When Distribution May Merge or Transfer Assets
    79  
SECTION 11.04. No Waiver
    80  
SECTION 11.05. Modification
    81  
SECTION 11.06. Anti-Layering Covenant
    81  
 
       
ARTICLE 12 Subordination of the Distribution Guarantee
    81  
 
       
SECTION 12.01. Agreement to Subordinate
    81  
SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
    81  
SECTION 12.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution
    81  
SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment
    82  
SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
    83  
SECTION 12.06. Subrogation
    83  
SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights
    83  

- iv -


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Distribution
    83  
SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
    83  
SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative
    84  
SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate
    84  
SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled to Rely
    84  
SECTION 12.13. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
    84  
SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution
    85  
SECTION 12.15. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution on Subordination Provisions
    85  
 
       
ARTICLE 13 Miscellaneous
    85  
 
       
SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
    85  
SECTION 13.02. Notices
    85  
SECTION 13.03. Communication by Debentureholders with Other Debentureholders
    86  
SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    86  
SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    86  
SECTION 13.06. When Debentures Disregarded
    86  
SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
    87  
SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays
    87  
SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW
    87  
SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others
    87  
SECTION 13.11. Successors
    87  
SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals
    87  
SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings
    87  
SECTION 13.14. Indenture, Debentures and Guarantee Solely Corporate Obligations
    87  

- v -


 

         
Exhibit A
    Form of Debenture
 
       
Exhibit B
    Form of Restrictive Legend for Common Stock Issued Upon Conversion

- vi -


 

          INDENTURE dated as of September 27, 2005, among WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (“Distribution”), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
          WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (the “Debentures”), having the terms, tenor, amount and other provisions hereinafter set forth, and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, Distribution has duly authorized its guarantee of the Debentures (the “Distribution Guarantee”), having the terms, tenor, amount and other provisions hereinafter set forth, and, to provide therefor, Distribution has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Debentures, when the Debentures are duly executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company, and all things necessary to make the Distribution Guarantee, when the Debentures are duly executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, a valid obligation of Distribution, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company and Distribution, in accordance with their and its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Debentures have in all respects been duly authorized,
          NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all holders of the Debentures, as follows:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
          SECTION 1.01.   Definitions.
          “Accepted Purchased Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(g).
          “Additional Interest” has the meaning specified for Additional Interest in Section 3(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Additional Interest Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.
          “Additional Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).

 


 

          “Administrative Agent” means that Person then acting as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement.
          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “Agent Members” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(b).
          “Applicable Consideration” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06.
          “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).
          “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
          “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Distribution whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees, indemnities and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.
          “Bankruptcy Law” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
          “Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 12.03.
          “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or, other than in the case of the definition of “Continuing Directors,” any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “Calculation Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to perform the calculations required by this Indenture and the Debentures. Initially, the Calculation Agent shall be the Trustee.

- 2 -


 

          “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
          “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.
          “Cash Settlement Averaging Period” means, with respect to any Debentures, the 20 consecutive Trading-Day period beginning on and including the second Trading Day after a Holder delivers a conversion notice to the conversion agent, except that (1) with respect to any conversion notice received after the date of issuance of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article 3, “Cash Settlement Averaging Period” means the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on and including the twenty-third Trading Day prior to the applicable Redemption Date and (2) with respect to any conversion arising solely by reason of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the “Cash Settlement Averaging Period” means the 20 consecutive Trading Days beginning on and including the twenty-third scheduled Trading Day prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date.
          “Closing Sale Price” of any share of Common Stock or any other security on any Trading Day means the closing sale price of such security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are traded or, if the shares of Common Stock are not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, as reported by the Nasdaq System or by Pink Sheets LLC. In the absence of such a quotation, the Closing Sale Price shall be determined by a nationally recognized securities dealer retained by the Company to make such determination. The Closing Sale Price shall be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading.
          “Closing Date” means the date of this Indenture.
          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “Common Stock” means any stock of any class of the Company which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which is not subject to redemption by the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.06, however, shares issuable on conversion of Debentures shall include only shares of the class designated as common stock of the Company at the date of this Indenture (namely, the Common Stock, par value $0.01) or shares of any class or classes resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts

- 3 -


 

payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable on conversion shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.
          “Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities.
          “Company Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.06.
          “Contingent Interest” means interest that accrues and is payable as provided in Section 4.08.
          “Contingent Payment Regulations” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10.
          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (i) was a member of the Board of Directors on the date of this Indenture; or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the time of such new director’s nomination or election.
          “Conversion Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02.
          “Conversion Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 10.02.
          “Conversion Price” on any date of determination means $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate as of such date.
          “Conversion Rate” means the number of shares of Common Stock into which each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures is convertible, which is initially 23.8872, subject to adjustments as set forth herein.
          “Corporate Trust Office” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 1004, Attention: Institutional Trust Services or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company.
          “Credit Agreement” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated as of June 17, 2005 among Distribution, the other Credit Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself as lender and as agent for lenders, CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as syndication agent and lender and the other lenders party thereto

- 4 -


 

from time to time, as amended, waived, restated, supplemented, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “Currency Agreement” means with respect to any Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.
          “Current Market Price” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(h)(i).
          “Custodian” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
          “Daily Conversion Value” has the meaning specified in Section 10.12.
          “Daily Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 10.12.
          “Debentureholder” or “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Debenture is registered on the Registrar’s books.
          “Debentures” means any Debentures issued, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, including any Global Debentures.
          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Depositary” means the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the Depositary for the Global Debentures. DTC shall be the initial Depositary, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.
          “Designated Senior Indebtedness” of Distribution means (i) the Bank Indebtedness and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of Distribution that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated by Distribution in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture.
          “Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(l).
          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the 91st day following the Stated Maturity of the Debentures; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of

- 5 -


 

control” occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Debentures shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Sections 4.10 and 4.12 of the Notes Indenture.
          “Distributed Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(d).
          “Distribution Guarantee” means the Guarantee issued by Distribution of the obligations with respect to the Debentures pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          “Distribution Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01(c).
          “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.
          “Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
          “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “Fair Market Value” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(h)(ii).
          “Fiscal Quarter” means, with respect to the Company, the fiscal quarter publicly disclosed by the Company. The Company shall confirm the ending dates of its fiscal quarters for the current fiscal year to the Trustee upon the Trustee’s request.
          “Fundamental Change” means the occurrence of any of the following after the original issuance of the Debentures:
     (a) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” becomes the “beneficial owner” (as these terms are defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Company’s Capital Stock that is at the time entitled to vote by the holder thereof in the election of the Board of Directors (or comparable body); or
     (b) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors; or
     (c) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or
     (d) the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other “person” (as this term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and those of its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as this term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than:

- 6 -


 

               (i) any transaction:
               (A) that does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of outstanding shares of the Company’s Capital Stock; and
               (B) pursuant to which the holders of 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction have the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after giving effect to such transaction; or
          (ii) any merger primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation and resulting in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of common stock of the surviving entity; or
     (e) the termination of trading of the Common Stock, which will be deemed to have occurred if the Common Stock or other common stock into which the Debentures are convertible is neither listed for trading on a United States national securities exchange nor approved for listing on The Nasdaq National Market or any similar United States system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices, and no American Depositary Shares or similar instruments for such common stock are so listed or approved for listing in the United States.
          However, a Fundamental Change will be deemed not to have occurred if more than 90% of the consideration in the transaction or transactions (other than cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights) which otherwise would constitute a Fundamental Change under clauses (a) or (d) above consists of shares of Common Stock, depositary receipts or other certificates representing common equity interests traded or to be traded immediately following such transaction on a U.S. national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market and, as a result of the transaction or transactions, the Debentures become convertible solely into such common stock, depositary receipts or other certificates representing common equity interests (and any rights attached thereto).
          “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(a).
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Closing Date, including those set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (iii) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and (iv) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of

- 7 -


 

financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.
          “Global Debentures” has the meaning specified in Section 2.02.
          “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.
          “Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01
          “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.
          “Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall not be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness.
          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication),
     (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;
     (ii) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) hereof) to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than

- 8 -


 

the 30th day following payment on the letter of credit so long as such letter of credit is entered into in the ordinary course of business);
     (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;
     (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Debt of such Person;
     (vi) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
     (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
     (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; and
     (ix) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided, however, that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness Incurred with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP. Any “Qualified Receivables Transaction,” whether or not such transfer constitutes a sale for the purposes of GAAP, shall not constitute Indebtedness hereunder; provided that any receivables financing or securitization that does not constitute a Qualified Receivables Transaction and does not qualify as a sale under GAAP shall constitute Indebtedness hereunder.
          “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Initial Purchasers” means each of Lehman Brothers Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (each, an “Initial Purchaser”).

- 9 -


 

          “interest” means, when used with reference to the Debentures or the Distribution Guarantee, any interest payable under the terms of the Debentures, including defaulted interest, Contingent Interest, if any, and Additional Interest, if any, payable under the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.
          “Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
          “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
          “Legal Holiday” has the meaning specified in Section 13.08.
          “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).
          “Market Disruption Event” means the occurrence or existence during the one-half hour period ending on the scheduled close of trading on any Trading Day for the Common Stock of any material suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options, contracts or future contracts relating to the Common Stock.
          “Maturity Date” means October 15, 2025.
          “Non-Stock Change of Control” means a transaction described under clause (a) or clause (d) in the definition of Fundamental Change pursuant to which 10% or more of the consideration for Common Stock (other than cash payments for fractional shares, if applicable, and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights) in such transaction consists of

- 10 -


 

cash or securities (or other property) that are not shares of Common Stock, depositary receipts or other certificates representing common equity interests traded or scheduled to be traded immediately following such transaction on a U.S. national securities exchange or The Nasdaq National Market.
          “Notes” means Distribution’s 7.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 issued under the Notes Indenture.
          “Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of September 27, 2005, among the Company, Distribution and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under which the Notes were issued.
          “1998 Notes” means the $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Distribution’s 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 issued under the 1998 Notes Indenture.
          “1998 Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of June 5, 1998, among the Company, Distribution and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as successor trustee to Bank One, N.A., under which the 1998 Notes were issued.
          “Offer Expiration Time” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(g).
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.
          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.
          “Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05.
          “Payment Blockage Period” has the meaning specified in Section 12.03.
          “pay its Distribution Guarantee” has the meaning specified in Section 12.03.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “PORTAL Market” means The PORTAL Market operated by the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.
          “Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of

- 11 -


 

dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
          “Principal” of a Debenture means the principal of the Debenture plus the premium, if any, payable on the Debenture that is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.
          “protected purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09.
          “Public Acquirer Change of Control” means a Non-Stock Change of Control in which the acquirer has a class of common stock traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or that shall be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such Non-Stock Change of Control (the “Public Acquirer Common Stock”). If an acquirer does not itself have a class of common stock satisfying the foregoing requirement, it shall be deemed to have Public Acquirer Common Stock if a corporation that directly or indirectly owns at least a majority of the acquirer has a class of common stock satisfying the foregoing requirement, provided that such majority-owning corporation fully and unconditionally guarantees the Debentures, in which case all references to Public Acquirer Common Stock shall refer to such class of common stock. Majority owned for these purposes means having “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the total voting power of all shares of the respective entity’s capital stock that are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
          “Public Acquirer Common Stock” has the meaning specified in the definition of Public Acquirer Change of Control.
          “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated September 21, 2005, among the Company, Distribution and the Initial Purchasers relating to the offering and sale of the Debentures.
          “Purchased Shares” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(f).
          “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any financing by Distribution or any of its Subsidiaries of accounts receivable in any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Distribution or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which (a) Distribution or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to a Receivables Entity and (b) a Receivables Entity sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to any other Person or grants a security interest to any Person in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Distribution or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable; provided that (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Transaction is economically fair and reasonable to Distribution and the Receivables Entity and (ii) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Entity are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by Distribution). The grant of a

- 12 -


 

security interest in any accounts receivable of Distribution or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure Bank Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
          “Receivables Entity” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Distribution (or another Person in which Distribution or any Subsidiary of Distribution makes an Investment and to which Distribution or any Subsidiary of Distribution transfers accounts receivable and related assets) (i) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, (ii) which is designated by the Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity and (iii) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (A) is Guaranteed by Distribution or any other Subsidiary of Distribution (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (B) is recourse to or obligates Distribution or any other Subsidiary of Distribution in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (C) subjects any property or asset of Distribution or any other Subsidiary of Distribution, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
          “Record Date” means, with respect to any interest payment date of the Debentures, the April 1 and October 1 preceding the applicable April 15 and October 15 interest payment date, respectively. The “record date,” with respect to the Conversion Rate adjustment as provided in Section 10.05, has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(h).
          “Reference Period” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(d).
          “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
          “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness of Distribution or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with the Notes Indenture (including Indebtedness of Distribution that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, however, that (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced (plus any accrued interest and premium thereon and reasonable expenses Incurred in connection

- 13 -


 

therewith); provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of Distribution or (y) Indebtedness of Distribution or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Register” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.
          “Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2005, among the Company, Distribution and the Initial Purchasers, as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.
          “Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.
          “Repurchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 3.05(a).
          “Repurchase Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(c).
          “Restricted Securities” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08(c).
          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A as promulgated under the Securities Act as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.
          “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by Distribution or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby Distribution or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and Distribution or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between Distribution and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Distribution secured by a Lien.
          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time.
          “Senior Indebtedness” of Distribution means the principal of, premium (if any) and accrued and unpaid interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization of Distribution, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), and fees and all other amounts owing in respect of, Bank Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness of Distribution, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same

- 14 -


 

or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (i) any obligation of Distribution to any Subsidiary, (ii) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by Distribution, (iii) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (iv) any Indebtedness or obligation of Distribution (and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect thereof) that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or obligation of Distribution, including any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of Distribution and any Subordinated Obligations of Distribution, (v) any payment obligations with respect to any Capital Stock or (vi) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of Section 11.06 of this Indenture.
          “Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” of Distribution means the 1998 Notes, the Notes, and any other Indebtedness of Distribution that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Distribution Guarantee in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of Distribution which is not Senior Indebtedness.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, but shall in no event include a Receivables Entity.
          “Spin-off” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(d).
          “Spin-off Valuation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(d).
          “Stock Price” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).
          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in an accounts receivable transaction including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Entity.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).
          “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of Distribution (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Distribution Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.
          “Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the

- 15 -


 

occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
          “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
          “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
          “Trading Day” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(h).
          “Trading Price” means, with respect to a Debenture on any date of determination, the average of the secondary market bid quotations per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures obtained by the Trustee for $5,000,000 principal amount of Debentures at approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such determination date from two independent nationally recognized securities dealers selected by the Company, which may include one or more of the Initial Purchasers; provided that if two such bids cannot reasonably be obtained by the Trustee, but one such bid can be reasonably obtained by the Trustee, then this one bid shall be used; and provided further that, if the Trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of Debentures from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then, for the purpose of determining the convertibility of the Debentures only, the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures shall be deemed to be less than 98% of the product of (a) the Conversion Rate on such determination date and (b) the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on such determination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the Trading Price for the purposes of the Contingent Interest provisions set forth in Section 4.08 only, if the Trustee cannot reasonably obtain at least one bid for $5,000,000 principal amount of the Debentures from a nationally recognized securities dealer, then the Trading Price of Debentures will be deemed to equal the product of (x) the Conversion Rate then in effect and (y) the average Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock over the five Trading-Day period ending on such determination date.
          “Trigger Event” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05(d).
          “Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.
          “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
          “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in

- 16 -


 

the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total Consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has Consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.08 of the Notes Indenture. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under [Section 4.03(a) of the Notes Indenture and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.
     “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
          SECTION 1.02.   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
          “Commission” means the SEC.
          “indenture securities” means the Debentures and the Distribution Guarantee.
          “indenture security holder” means a Debentureholder.
          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.
          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, Distribution and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

- 17 -


 

          SECTION 1.03.   Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
          (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
          (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
          (3) “or” is not exclusive;
          (4) “including” means including without limitation;
          (5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
          (6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;
          (7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and
          (8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater.
ARTICLE 2
The Debentures
          SECTION 2.01.   Designation, Amount and Issuance of Debentures. The Debentures shall be designated as “2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025”. The Debentures will not exceed the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000 (up to $150,000,000 if the Initial Purchasers’ option to purchase additional Debentures set forth in the Purchase Agreement is exercised) (except pursuant to Sections 2.05, 2.06, 3.03, 3.05, 3.06 and 10.02 hereof). Upon the execution of this Indenture, or from time to time thereafter, Debentures may be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver Debentures upon a written order of the Company, such order signed by an Officer or by any Assistant Treasurer of the Company or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, without any further action by the Company hereunder.
          SECTION 2.02.   Form of the Debentures. The Debentures and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Debentures shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The terms and provisions contained in the form of Debentures attached as Exhibit A hereto shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

- 18 -


 

          Any of the Debentures may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends, endorsements or changes as the officers executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required by the custodian for the Global Debentures, the Depositary or by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in order for the Debentures to be tradable on The PORTAL Market or as may be required for the Debentures to be tradable on any other market developed for trading of securities pursuant to Rule 144A or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Debentures may be listed, or to conform to usage, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Debentures are subject.
          So long as the Debentures are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, or unless otherwise required by law, or otherwise contemplated by Section 2.08(b), all of the Debentures will be represented by one or more Debentures in global form registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary (“Global Debentures”). The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in any such Global Debentures shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of the Depositary. Except as provided in Section 2.08(b), beneficial owners of a Global Debenture shall not be entitled to have certificates registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificates in definitive form and will not be considered holders of such Global Debenture.
          Any Global Debentures shall represent such of the outstanding Debentures as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Debentures from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Debentures represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect redemptions, repurchases, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Debenture to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Debentures represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the custodian for the Global Debenture, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the holder of such Debentures in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal of, interest on and premium, if any, on any Global Debentures shall be made to the Depositary in immediately available funds.
          SECTION 2.03.   Date and Denomination of Debentures; Payment at Maturity; Payment of Interest. The Debentures shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof. Each Debenture shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of the form of Debentures attached as Exhibit A hereto. Interest on the Debentures shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
          On the Maturity Date, each holder shall be entitled to receive on such date $1,000 principal amount per Debentures and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Maturity Date. With respect to Global Debentures, principal and interest will be paid to the Depositary in immediately available funds. With respect to any certificated Debentures, principal and interest will be payable at the Company’s office or agency in New York City,

- 19 -


 

which initially will be the office or agency of the Trustee located at J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004.
          The Person in whose name any Debenture is registered on the Register at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Record Date with respect to any interest payment date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such interest payment date, except that the interest payable upon maturity, redemption or repurchase following a Fundamental Change will be payable to the Person to whom principal is payable upon maturity or pursuant to such redemption or repurchase following a Fundamental Change (unless the redemption date or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be, is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, in which case the semi-annual payment of interest becoming due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the holder of such Debentures registered as such on the applicable Record Date). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Debentures or portion thereof surrendered for conversion during the period from 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Record Date for any interest payment date to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the applicable interest payment date shall be accompanied by payment, in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted; provided that no such payment need be made (1) if a holder converts its Debentures in connection with a redemption and the Company has specified a redemption date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the next interest payment date, (2) if a holder converts its Debentures in connection with a Fundamental Change and the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the next interest payment date or (3) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Debentures.
          The Company shall pay interest (i) on any Global Debentures by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee, (ii) on any Debentures in certificated form having a principal amount of less than $2,000,000, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Register, provided, however, that at maturity interest will be payable at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee and (iii) on any Debentures in certificated form having a principal amount of $2,000,000 or more, by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of the holder of such Debentures duly delivered to the trustee at least five Business Days prior to the relevant interest payment date, provided, however, that at maturity interest will be payable at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest shall accrue thereon.
          Any interest on any Debentures which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any October 15 or April 15 shall be subject to Section 2.13.
          SECTION 2.04.   Execution and Authentication. One or more Officers shall sign the Debentures for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

- 20 -


 

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Debenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Debenture, the Debenture shall be valid nevertheless.
          A Debenture shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Debenture. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Debenture has been authenticated under this Indenture.
          The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Debentures as set forth in the Appendix.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Debentures. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Debentures whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.
          SECTION 2.05.   Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Debentures may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Debentures (the “Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Debentures, (ii) the custodian with respect to the Global Debentures and (iii) conversion agent.
          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
          The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (1) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (2) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (1) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

- 21 -


 

          SECTION 2.06.   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal and interest on any Debenture, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Debentureholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
          SECTION 2.07.   Debentureholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Debentureholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Debentureholders.
          SECTION 2.08.   Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Debentures; Restrictions on Transfer. (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office the Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Debentures and of transfers of Debentures. The Register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonably prompt period of time.
          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Debentures to the Registrar or any co-registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.08, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Debentures of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Indenture.
          Debentures may be exchanged for other Debentures of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Debentures to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Debentures are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Debentures that the holder making the exchange is entitled to receive bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.
          All Debentures issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Debentures shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Debentures surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

- 22 -


 

          All Debentures presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, redemption, repurchase or conversion shall (if so required by the Company or the Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, and the Debentures shall be duly executed by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
          No service charge shall be made to any holder for any registration of, transfer or exchange of Debentures, but the Company may require payment by the holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Debentures.
          Neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Registrar shall be required to exchange, issue or register a transfer of (a) any Debentures for a period of fifteen calendar days next preceding date of mailing of a notice of redemption, (b) any Debentures or portions thereof called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.02, except for the unredeemed portion of any Debentures being redeemed in part, (c) any Debentures or portions thereof surrendered for conversion pursuant to Article 10, (d) any Debentures or portions thereof tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) pursuant to Section 3.04 or (e) any Debentures or portions thereof tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) pursuant to Section 3.05.
(b) The following provisions shall apply only to Global Debentures:
          (i) Each Global Debentures authenticated under this Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian for the Global Debentures therefor, and each such Global Debentures shall constitute a single Debentures for all purposes of this Indenture.
          (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global Debentures may be exchanged in whole or in part for Debentures registered, and no transfer of a Global Debenture in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof unless (A) the Depositary (x) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Debenture or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary has not been appointed by the Company within 90 calendar days, or (B) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it no longer wishes to have all the Debentures represented by Global Debentures. Any Global Debentures exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.08(b)(ii) shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part.
          (iii) In addition, certificated Debentures will be issued in exchange for beneficial interests in a Global Debenture upon request by or on behalf of the Depositary in accordance with customary procedures following the request of a beneficial owner seeking to enforce its rights under the Debentures or this Indenture, including its rights following the occurrence of an Event of Default.

- 23 -


 

          (iv) Debentures issued in exchange for a Global Debenture or any portion thereof pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Debentures or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear any legends required hereunder. Any Global Debentures to be exchanged shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Registrar, provided that pending completion of the exchange of a Global Debenture, the Trustee acting as custodian for the Global Debentures for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Debentures, shall reduce the principal amount thereof, by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery the Debentures issuable on such exchange to or upon the written order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof.
          (v) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (ii) above or upon any request described in clause (iii) above, the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a sufficient supply of certificated Debentures in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons.
          (vi) Neither any members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Debentures registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Debentures for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other Person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Debentures.
          (vii) At such time as all interests in a Global Debenture have been redeemed, repurchased, converted, cancelled or exchanged for Debentures in certificated form, such Global Debenture shall, upon receipt thereof, be canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the custodian for the Global Debenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Debenture is redeemed, repurchased, converted, cancelled or exchanged for Debentures in certificated form, the principal amount of such Global Debenture shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the custodian for the Global Debenture, be appropriately reduced, and an

- 24 -


 

endorsement shall be made on such Global Debenture, by the Trustee or the custodian for the Global Debenture, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction.
          (c) Every Debenture (and all securities issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) that bears or is required under this Section 2.08(c) to bear the legend set forth in this Section 2.08(c) (together with any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Debentures and required to bear the legend set forth in Exhibit B, collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.08(c) (including those set forth in the legend below and the legend set forth in Exhibit B) unless such restrictions on transfer shall be waived by written consent of the Company following receipt of legal advice supporting the permissibility of the waiver of such transfer restrictions, and the holder of each such Restricted Security, by such holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.08(c), the term “transfer” means any sale, pledge, loan, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security or any interest therein.
          Until the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales of Restricted Securities under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), any certificate evidencing a Restricted Security shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (or as set forth in Exhibit B, in the case of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Debentures), unless such Restricted Security has been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and which continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any similar provision then in force, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing as set forth above, with written notice thereof to the Trustee:
          THE SECURITY EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT OF 1933”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER AGREES (1) THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE DATE TWO YEARS AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE 2.625% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR DEBENTURES DUE 2025 OF WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OR THE COMMON STOCK THAT MAY BE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF SUCH SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 PROVIDED BY RULE 144 , IF AVAILABLE, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER

- 25 -


 

INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE; AND (2) THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 1(B) ABOVE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.
          In connection with any transfer of the Debentures prior to the date two years after the last date of original issuance of the Debentures (other than a transfer pursuant to clause 1(C) above), the holder must complete and deliver the transfer certificate contained in this Indenture to the Trustee (or any successor Trustee, as applicable). If the proposed transfer is pursuant to clause 1(D) above, the holder must, prior to such transfer, furnish to the Trustee (or any successor Trustee, as applicable), such certifications, legal opinions or other information as the Company may reasonably require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The legend set forth above will be removed upon the earlier of the transfer of the security evidenced thereby pursuant to clause 1(C) or 1(D) above or the expiration of two years from the last date of original issuance of the security evidenced thereby.
          Any Debentures that are Restricted Securities and as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or as to conditions for removal of the foregoing legend set forth therein have been satisfied may, upon surrender of such Debentures for exchange to the Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.08, be exchanged for a new Debentures or Debentures, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.08(c). If such Restricted Security surrendered for exchange is represented by a Global Debenture bearing the legend set forth in this Section 2.08(c), the principal amount of the legended Global Debentures shall be reduced by the appropriate principal amount and the principal amount of a Global Debenture without the legend set forth in this Section 2.08(c) shall be increased by an equal principal amount. If a Global Debenture without the legend set forth in this Section 2.08(c) is not then outstanding, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an unlegended Global Debentures to the Depositary.
          (d) Any Restricted Securities, prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), purchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate thereof may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction which results in such Debentures or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being “restricted securities” (as defined under Rule 144).
          (e) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Agent Members or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the books or records, or the acts or omissions, of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Debentures or with respect to the delivery to any Agent Member or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Debentures. All notices and communications to be given to the holders of Debentures and all payments to be made to holders of Debentures under the Debentures shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the

- 26 -


 

registered holders of Debentures (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Debenture). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Debentures shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the customary procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its Agent Members.
          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Debentures (including any transfers between or among Agent Members) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
          SECTION 2.09.   Replacement Debentures. If a mutilated Debenture is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Debentureholder of a Debenture claims that the Debenture has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Debenture if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Debentureholder (i) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Debenture being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Debentureholder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Debenture is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Debentureholder for their expenses in replacing a Debenture. In case any Debentures which has matured or is about to mature or has been called for redemption or has been properly tendered for repurchase on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn) or has been tendered for repurchase on a Repurchase Date (and not withdrawn), as the case may be, or is to be converted into Common Stock, shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, instead of issuing a substitute Debentures, pay or authorize the payment of or convert or authorize the conversion of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debentures), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or in connection with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or conversion agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debentures and of the ownership thereof.
          Every replacement Debenture is an additional obligation of the Company.
          The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Debentures.

- 27 -


 

          SECTION 2.10.   Outstanding Debentures. Debentures outstanding at any time are all Debentures authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Debenture does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Debenture.
          If a Debenture is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Debenture is held by a protected purchaser.
          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date, repurchase date or Maturity Date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Debentures (or portions thereof) to be redeemed, repurchased or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Debentureholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Debentures (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
          SECTION 2.11.   Temporary Debentures. Pending the preparation of Debentures in certificated form, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon the written request of the Company, authenticate and deliver temporary Debentures (printed or lithographed). Temporary Debentures shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Debentures in certificated form, but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debentures, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Debentures shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Debentures in certificated form. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Debentures in certificated form and thereupon any or all temporary Debentures may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange for such temporary Debentures an equal aggregate principal amount of Debentures in certificated form. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Debentures shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Debentures in certificated form authenticated and delivered hereunder.
          SECTION 2.12.   Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Debentures to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Debentures surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Debentures surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver canceled Debentures to the Company pursuant to written direction by an Officer. The Company may not issue new Debentures to replace Debentures it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Debentures in place of canceled Debentures other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

- 28 -


 

          SECTION 2.13.   Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Debentures, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest at the rate of 1% per annum above the then applicable interest rate to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Debentureholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Debentureholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
          SECTION 2.14.   CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Debentures may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Debentureholders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debentures, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
ARTICLE 3
Redemption and Repurchase of Debentures
          SECTION 3.01.   Optional Redemption of Debentures. At any time on or after October 15, 2010, the Debentures may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon notice as set forth in Section 3.02, in cash at the redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof. In addition, the Company will pay interest on the Debentures being redeemed, which interest will include such interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided, that if the redemption date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, the interest will be paid on the redemption date to the holder of record on the Record Date. The Company may not redeem any Debentures if a Default in the payment of interest on the Debentures has occurred and is continuing.
          SECTION 3.02.   Notice of Optional Redemption; Selection of Debentures to Be Redeemed. In case the Company shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any part of the Debentures pursuant to Section 3.01, it shall fix a date for redemption and it or, at its written request received by the Trustee not fewer than five Business Days prior (or such shorter period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee) to the date the notice of redemption is to be mailed, the Trustee in the name of and at the expense of the Company, shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of such redemption not fewer than 30 calendar days nor more than 60 calendar days prior to the redemption date to each holder of Debentures so to be redeemed in whole or in part at its last address as the same appears on the Register; provided that if the Company makes such request of the Trustee, it shall, together with such request, also give written notice of the redemption date to the Trustee, provided that the text of the notice shall be prepared by the Company. Such mailing shall be by first class mail. The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Debentures designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall

- 29 -


 

not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debentures. Concurrently with the mailing of any such notice of redemption, the Company shall issue a press release announcing such redemption, the form and content of which press release shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure to issue any such press release or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the redemption notice or any of the proceedings for the redemption of any Debentures called for redemption.
          Each such notice of redemption shall specify: (i) the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed, (ii) the CUSIP number or numbers of the Debentures being redeemed, (iii) the date fixed for redemption (which shall be a Business Day), (iv) the redemption price at which Debentures are to be redeemed, (v) the place or places of payment and that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of such Debentures, (iv) that interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, and that on and after said date interest thereon or on the portion thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue, (vii) that the holder has a right to convert the Debentures called for redemption, (viii) the Conversion Rate on the date of such notice, (ix) the time and date on which the right to convert such Debentures or portions thereof will expire, (x) the formula for determining the amount of cash and the number of shares, if any, to be delivered to the holder upon conversion pursuant to Section 10.12 and the date on which the Cash Settlement Averaging Period begins and (xi) that the Company will pay cash for fractional interests in shares of Common Stock, if any, as provided in this Indenture. If fewer than all the Debentures are to be redeemed, the notice of redemption shall identify the Debentures to be redeemed (including CUSIP numbers, if any). In case any Debentures are to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed and shall state that, on and after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Debentures, a new Debentures or Debentures in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued.
          Whenever any Debentures are to be redeemed, the Company will give the Trustee written notice of the redemption date, together with an Officers’ Certificate as to the aggregate principal amount of Debentures to be redeemed not fewer than 30 calendar days (or such shorter period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the redemption date.
          On or prior to the redemption date specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this Section 3.02, the Company will deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.06) an amount of money in immediately available funds sufficient to redeem on the redemption date all the Debentures (or portions thereof) so called for redemption (other than those theretofore surrendered for conversion into Common Stock) at the appropriate redemption price, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided that if such payment is made on the redemption date, it must be received by the Paying Agent, by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date. If any Debentures called for redemption are converted pursuant hereto prior to such redemption date, any money deposited with the Paying Agent or so segregated and held in trust for the redemption of such Debentures shall be paid to the Company or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust.
          If less than all of the outstanding Debentures are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Debentures or portions thereof of the Global Debentures or the Debentures in

- 30 -


 

certificated form to be redeemed (in principal amounts of $1,000 or multiples thereof) by lot, on a pro rata basis or by another method the Trustee deems fair and appropriate. If any Debentures selected for redemption is submitted for conversion in part after such selection, the portion of such Debentures submitted for conversion shall be deemed (so far as may be possible) to be the portion to be selected for redemption. The Debentures (or portions thereof) so selected for redemption shall be deemed duly selected for redemption for all purposes hereof, notwithstanding that any such Debentures are submitted for conversion in part before the mailing of the notice of redemption.
          Upon any redemption of less than all of the outstanding Debentures, the Company and the Trustee may (but need not), solely for purposes of determining the pro rata allocation among such Debentures that are unconverted and outstanding at the time of redemption, treat as outstanding any Debentures surrendered for conversion during the period of fifteen calendar days preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption and may (but need not) treat as outstanding any Debentures authenticated and delivered during such period in exchange for the unconverted portion of any Debentures converted in part during such period.
          SECTION 3.03.   Payment of Debentures Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 3.02, the Debentures or portion of Debentures with respect to which such notice has been given shall, unless converted pursuant to the terms hereof, become due and payable on the date fixed for redemption and at the place or places stated in such notice at the redemption price, plus interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the redemption date (unless the redemption date is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, in which event the interest will be paid on the interest payment date to the holder of record on the Record Date), and, unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the redemption price, plus interest, if any, accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, such date, interest on the Debentures or portion of Debentures so called for redemption, interest shall cease to accrue on and after such date and, after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the redemption date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Debentures at the redemption price, together with interest accrued to such date) and such Debentures shall cease to be convertible and, except as provided in Section 2.06 and Section 8.02, to be entitled to any benefit or security under this Indenture, and the holders thereof shall have no right in respect of such Debentures except the right to receive the redemption price thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. On presentation and surrender of such Debentures at a place of payment in said notice specified, the said Debentures or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the redemption price, together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon to, but excluding, the redemption date; provided that if the applicable redemption date is after the applicable Record Date and on or before an interest payment date, the interest payable on such interest payment date shall be paid on such interest payment date to the holders of record of such Debentures on the applicable Record Date instead of the holders surrendering such Debentures for redemption on such date.
          Upon presentation of any Debentures redeemed in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debentures or Debentures, of authorized denominations, in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Debentures so presented.

- 31 -


 

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall not redeem any Debentures or mail any notice of redemption during the continuance of a Default in payment of interest on the Debentures. If any Debentures called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption on the redemption date as provided in this Section 3.03, to the extent legally permissible, the redemption price shall, until paid or duly provided for, bear interest from and including the redemption date at a rate equal to 1% per annum above the rate borne by the Debentures and such Debentures shall remain convertible into Common Stock until the redemption price and interest shall have been paid or duly provided for.
          SECTION 3.04.   Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change. (a) If there shall occur a Fundamental Change at any time prior to maturity of the Debentures, then each holder of Debentures shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such holder’s Debentures, or any portion thereof that is a multiple of $1,000 principal amount, on a date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company, that is not less than 20 calendar days nor more than 35 calendar days after the date of the Company Repurchase Notice related to such Fundamental Change at a cash repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, subject to the satisfaction by the holder of the requirements set forth in Section 3.04(c); provided that if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, then the interest payable on such interest payment date shall be paid on such interest payment date to the holders of record of the Debentures on the applicable Record Date instead of the holders surrendering the Debentures for repurchase on such date.
          (b) On or before the fifth calendar day after the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to all holders of record of the Debentures on the date of the Fundamental Change at their addresses shown in the Register (and to beneficial owners of the Debentures as required by applicable law) a Company Repurchase Notice as set forth in Section 3.06 with respect to such Fundamental Change. The Company shall also deliver a copy of the Company Repurchase Notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at such time as it is mailed to holders of Debentures. Concurrently with the mailing of such Company Repurchase Notice, the Company shall issue a press release announcing such Fundamental Change referred to in the Company Repurchase Notice, the form and content of which press release shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion.
          No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and press release and no defect therein shall limit the repurchase rights of holders of Debentures or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Debentures pursuant to this Section 3.04.
          (c) For Debentures to be repurchased at the option of the holder, the holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, (i) a written notice of repurchase (the “Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth on the reverse of the Debentures duly completed (if the Debentures are certificated) or stating the following (if the Debentures are represented by a Global Debenture): (A) the certificate number of the Debentures which the holder will deliver to be repurchased or compliance with the appropriate Depositary procedures,

- 32 -


 

(B) the portion of the principal amount of the Debentures which the holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 and (C) that such Debentures shall be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Debentures and in this Indenture, together with (ii) such Debentures duly endorsed for transfer (if the Debentures are certificated) or book-entry transfer of such Debentures (if such Debentures are represented by a Global Debenture). The delivery of such Debentures to the Paying Agent with, or at any time after delivery of, the Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the holder of the repurchase price therefore; provided, however, that such repurchase price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.04 only if the Debentures so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the Repurchase Notice. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Debentures for repurchase shall be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error.
          (d) The Company shall repurchase from the holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.04, a portion of a Debenture, if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Debenture also apply to the repurchase of such portion of such Debenture.
          (e) The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
          Any repurchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.04 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the holder promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Debentures.
          SECTION 3.05.   Repurchase of Debentures by the Company at the Option of Holders. (a) Each holder of Debentures shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such holder’s Debentures, or any portion thereof that is a multiple of $1,000 principal amount, on October 15, 2010, October 15, 2015 and October 15, 2020 (each, a “Repurchase Date”), at a repurchase price of 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date, provided that if such Repurchase Date falls after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, then the interest payable on such interest payment date shall be paid on such interest payment date to the holders of record of the Debentures on the applicable Record Date instead of the holders surrendering the Debentures for repurchase on such date.
          (b) On or before the twentieth Business Day prior to each Repurchase Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed to all holders of record on such date (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) at their addresses shown in the Register (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) a Company Repurchase Notice as set forth in Section 3.06. The Company shall also deliver a copy of the Company Repurchase Notice to the Trustee and the Paying Agent at such time as it is mailed to holders of Debentures.

- 33 -


 

          No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the repurchase rights of holders of Debentures or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Debentures pursuant to this Section 3.05.
          (c) For Debentures to be so repurchased at the option of the holder, the holder must deliver to the Paying Agent, at any time during the period beginning at 9:00 a.m., New York City Time, on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to the applicable Repurchase Date and ending at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Repurchase Date, (i) a Repurchase Notice in the form set forth on the reverse of the Debentures duly completed (if the Debentures are certificated) or stating the following (if the Debentures are represented by a Global Debenture): (A) the certificate number of the Debentures which the holder will deliver to be repurchased or compliance with the appropriate Depositary procedures, (B) the portion of the principal amount of the Debentures which the holder will deliver to be repurchased, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, and (C) that such Debentures shall be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Debentures and in this Indenture, together with (ii) such Debentures duly endorsed for transfer (if the Debentures are certificated) or book-entry transfer of such Debentures (if such Debentures are represented by a Global Debenture). The delivery of such Debentures to the Paying Agent with, or at any time after delivery of, the Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of the Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the holder of the repurchase price therefore; provided, however, that such repurchase price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 3.05 only if the Debentures so delivered to the Paying Agent shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the Repurchase Notice. All questions as to the validity, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any Debentures for repurchase shall be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding absent manifest error.
          (d) The Company shall repurchase from the holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.05, a portion of a Debenture, if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the repurchase of all of a Debenture also apply to the repurchase of such portion of such Debentures.
          (e) The Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.
          Any repurchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3.05 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the holder promptly following the later of the Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Debentures.
          SECTION 3.06.   Company Repurchase Notice. In connection with any repurchase of Debentures, the Company shall, in the case of a Fundamental Change, on or before the fifth calendar day after the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change or, no less than 20 Business Days prior to each Repurchase Date, give notice to holders (with a copy to the Trustee) setting forth information specified in this Section 3.06 (in either case, the “Company Repurchase Notice”).

- 34 -


 

     Each Company Repurchase Notice shall:
     (1) state the repurchase price and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date to which the Company Repurchase Notice relates;
     (2) state, if applicable, the circumstances constituting the Fundamental Change;
     (3) state that the repurchase price will be paid in cash;
     (4) state that holders must exercise their right to elect repurchase prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Repurchase Date, as the case may be;
     (5) include a form of Repurchase Notice;
     (6) state the name and address of the Paying Agent;
     (7) state that Debentures must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the repurchase price;
     (8) state that a holder may withdraw its Repurchase Notice at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be, by delivering a valid written notice of withdrawal in accordance with Section 3.07;
     (9) state whether the Debentures are then convertible, the then applicable Conversion Rate, including, in the case of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, expected changes in the Conversion Rate resulting from such Fundamental Change transaction and expected changes in the cash, shares or other property deliverable upon conversion of the Debentures as a result of the occurrence of the Fundamental Change;
     (10) that Debentures as to which a Repurchase Notice has been given may be converted only if the Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;
     (11) state the amount of interest accrued and unpaid per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and Repurchase Date, as the case may be; and
     (12) state the CUSIP number of the Debentures.
A Company Repurchase Notice may be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give such Company Repurchase Notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, that the text of the Company Repurchase Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

- 35 -


 

          The Company will, to the extent applicable, comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act that may be applicable at the time of the repurchase of the Debentures, file the related Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) under the Exchange Act and comply with all other federal and state securities laws in connection with the repurchase of the Debentures.
          SECTION 3.07.   Effect of Repurchase Notice; Withdrawal. Upon receipt by the Paying Agent of the Repurchase Notice specified in Section 3.04 or Section 3.05, the holder of the Debentures in respect of which such Repurchase Notice was given shall (unless such Repurchase Notice is validly withdrawn in accordance with the following paragraph) thereafter be entitled to receive solely the repurchase price with respect to such Debentures. Such repurchase price shall be paid to such holder, subject to receipt of funds and/or the Debentures by the Paying Agent, promptly following the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date with respect to such Debentures (provided the holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 3.04 or Section 3.05) and (y) the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of such Debentures to the Paying Agent by the holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.04 or Section 3.05. The Debentures in respect of which a Repurchase Notice has been given by the holder thereof may not be converted pursuant to Article 10 hereof on or after the date of the delivery of such Repurchase Notice unless such Repurchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn.
          A Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the Paying Agent in accordance with the Repurchase Notice at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Repurchase Date, as the case may be, specifying:
          (a) the certificate number, if any, of the Debentures in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, or the appropriate Depositary information, in accordance with appropriate Depositary procedures, if the Debentures in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted is represented by a Global Debenture,
          (b) the principal amount of the Debentures with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and
          (c) the principal amount, if any, of such Debentures which remains subject to the original Repurchase Notice and which has been or will be delivered for repurchase by the Company.
          If a Repurchase Notice is properly withdrawn, the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase the Debentures listed in such Repurchase Notice.
          SECTION 3.08.   Deposit of Repurchase Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City Time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent or, if the Company is acting as the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 6.04, an amount of cash (in immediately available funds if deposited on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be), sufficient to pay the aggregate repurchase price of all the Debentures

- 36 -


 

or portions thereof that are to be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be.
          If on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date the Paying Agent holds cash sufficient to pay the repurchase price of the Debentures that holders have elected to require the Company to repurchase in accordance with Section 3.04 or 3.05, as the case may be, then, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as the case may be, such Debentures will cease to be outstanding, interest will cease to accrue and all other rights of the holders of such Debentures will terminate, other than the right to receive the repurchase price upon delivery or book-entry transfer of the Debentures. This will be the case whether or not book-entry transfer of the Debentures has been made or the Debentures has been delivered to the Paying Agent.
          SECTION 3.09.   Debentures Repurchased in Part. Upon presentation of any Debentures repurchased only in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a new Debentures or Debentures, of any authorized denomination, in aggregate principal amount equal to the unrepurchased portion of the Debentures presented.
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
          SECTION 4.01.   Payment of Debentures. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Debentures on the dates and in the manner provided in the Debentures and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Debentureholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Debentures, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          SECTION 4.02.   Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the Debentures may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for conversion, redemption or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Debentures and this Indenture may be served. As of the date of this Indenture, such office is located at the office of the Trustee located at J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Institutional Trust Services and, at any other time, at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address

- 37 -


 

thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.
          The Company may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices or agencies where the Debentures may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          So long as the Trustee is the Registrar, the Trustee agrees to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 7.08. If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this Section, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Company and the holders of Debentures it can identify from its records.
          SECTION 4.03.   144A Information. The Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, make available to any holder or beneficial holder of Debentures or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof which continue to be Restricted Securities and any prospective purchaser of Debentures or such Common Stock designated by such holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act upon the request of any holder or beneficial holder of the Debentures or such Common Stock, all to the extent required to enable such holder or beneficial holder to sell its Debentures or Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A.
          SECTION 4.04.   Existence. Subject to Article 12, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the holders of Debentures.
          SECTION 4.05.   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same may become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, (ii) all claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or charge upon the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and (iii) all stamp taxes and other duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange, conversion, redemption or repurchase of any Debentures or with respect to this Indenture; provided that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (A) if the failure to do so will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the Company, or (B) if the amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

- 38 -


 

          SECTION 4.06.   Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the Company’s activities during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, whether to the best of such Officer’s knowledge the Company during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant contained in this Indenture and that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do know of any Default, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
          SECTION 4.07.   Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
          SECTION 4.08.   Contingent Interest. Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing October 15, 2010, the Company will pay interest (“Contingent Interest”) during any six-month interest period if the Trading Price of the Debentures for each of the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the Debentures. During any six-month interest period when Contingent Interest is payable, the Contingent Interest payable on each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures shall equal 0.25% of the average Trading Price of $1,000 principal amount of Debentures during the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period used to determine whether Contingent Interest must be paid.
          The Trustee’s sole responsibility pursuant to this Section 4.08 shall be to obtain the Trading Price of the Debentures for each of the five Trading Days immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period and to provide such information to the Company. The Company shall determine whether holders are entitled to receive Contingent Interest, and if so, provide notice pursuant to Section 4.09. Notwithstanding any term contained in this Indenture or any other document to the contrary, the Trustee shall have no responsibilities, duties or obligations for or with respect to (i) determining whether the Company must pay Contingent Interest or (ii) determining the amount of Contingent Interest, if any, payable by the Company.
          Contingent interest for any period shall be paid on the same date and to the same Person entitled to received other interest payable on any Debentures. Contingent Interest due under this Section 4.08 shall be treated for all purposes of this Indenture like any other interest accruing on the Debentures.
          SECTION 4.09.   Contingent Interest Notification. Prior to the first Business Day of a six-month interest period during which Contingent Interest will be paid, the Company will disseminate a press release through BusinessWire (or if BusinessWire is no longer available, a

- 39 -


 

comparable wire service) stating that Contingent Interest will be paid on the Debentures and identifying the six-month interest period.
          SECTION 4.10.   Tax Treatment. The Company agrees, and by acceptance of beneficial ownership interest in the Debentures each holder of the Debentures will be deemed to have agreed, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) to treat the Debentures as indebtedness that is subject to Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.1275-4 (the “Contingent Payment Regulations”) and, for purposes of the Contingent Payment Regulations, to treat the cash and the fair market value of any stock beneficially received by a holder upon any conversion of the Debentures as a contingent payment and (2) to be bound by the Company’s determination of the “comparable yield” and “projected payment schedule,” within the meaning of the Contingent Payment Regulations, with respect to the Debentures. A holder may obtain the issue price, amount of original issue discount, issue date, yield to maturity, comparable yield and projected payment schedule for the Debentures by submitting a written request for such information to the Company at the following address: Wesco International, Inc., 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700, Pittsburgh, PA 15219, Attention: Investor Relations Department.
          SECTION 4.11.   Additional Interest Notice. In the event that the Company is required to pay Additional Interest to holders of Debentures pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will provide written notice (“Additional Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of its obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than fifteen calendar days prior to the proposed payment date for Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Company on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Debentures to determine the Additional Interest, or with respect to the nature, extent or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest when made, or with respect to the method employed in such calculation of the Additional Interest.
ARTICLE 5
Successor Company
          SECTION 5.01.   When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:
          (a) either (i) the Company is the continuing corporation, or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (if other than the Company) is a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such person assumes, by a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and a supplemental agreement, all of the Company’s obligations under the Debentures, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
          (b) immediately after giving effect to the transaction described above, no Default or Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing;

- 40 -


 

          (c) if as a result of such transaction the Debentures become convertible into common stock or other securities issued by a third party, such third party fully and unconditionally Guarantees all obligations of the Company or such surviving Person under the Debentures, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; and
          (d) the Company has delivered to the Trustee the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, if any, requested pursuant to Section 5.03.
          SECTION 5.02.   Successor to be Substituted. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease in which the Company is not the continuing corporation and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on all of the Debentures, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or satisfied by the Company, and by supplemental agreement, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee, of all of the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of this first part, and WESCO International, Inc. shall be discharged from its obligations under the Debentures, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of WESCO International, Inc. any or all of the Debentures, issuable hereunder that theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Debentures that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Debentures that such successor Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Debentures so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debentures theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Debentures had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, upon compliance with this Article 12 the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 12 may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and such Person shall be discharged from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Debentures and from its obligations under this Indenture.
          SECTION 5.03.   Opinion of Counsel to be Given Trustee. Prior to execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 5, if so requested by the Trustee, the Trustee shall receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Article 5.

- 41 -


 

ARTICLE 6
Defaults and Remedies
          SECTION 6.01.   Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if:
          (a) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Debenture when the same becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
          (b) the Company (i) defaults in the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on, any Debenture when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption or required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;
          (c) the Company fails to comply with Section 5.01;
          (d) the Company fails to deliver Common Stock (including any Additional Shares), or cash in lieu thereof, or a combination of the foregoing, as required pursuant to Article 10 upon the conversion of any Debentures and such failure continues for five days following the scheduled settlement date for such conversion;
          (e) the Company fails to provide notice of the anticipated effective date or actual effective date of a Fundamental Change on a timely basis as required in this Indenture;
          (f) the Company fails to comply with any of its agreements contained in the Debentures or this Indenture (other than those referred to in (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below;
          (g) Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $35 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time and such failure continues for 10 days after the notice specified below;
          (h) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
        (1) commences a voluntary case;
        (2) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
        (3) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or
        (4) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
        (5) or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

- 42 -


 

        (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
        (1) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
        (2) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
        (3) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;
        (4) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;
          (j) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $35 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time is entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed and such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed within 10 days after the notice specified below; or
          (k) the Guarantee of Distribution shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid.
          The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
          The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
          A Default under clause (f), (g) or (j) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Debentureholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”.
          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (f), (g) or (j), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

- 43 -


 

          SECTION 6.02.   Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Debentureholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures by notice to the Company, may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Debentures to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Debentures shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Debentureholders. The Debentureholders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
          SECTION 6.03.   Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Debentures or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Debentures or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Debentures or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Debentureholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.
          SECTION 6.04.   Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Debenture, (ii) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or repurchase any Debenture when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, (iii) a Default arising from the failure of the Company to deliver Common Stock (including any Additional Shares), or cash in lieu thereof, or a combination of the foregoing, as applicable upon the conversion of any Debentures pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (iv) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Debentureholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.
          SECTION 6.05.   Control by Majority. The Debentureholders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Debentureholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be

- 44 -


 

entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
          SECTION 6.06.   Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Debentureholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Debentures unless:
          (a) the Debentureholder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
          (b) the Debentureholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Debentures make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
          (c) such Debentureholder or Debentureholders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
          (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
          (e) the Debentureholders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.
          A Debentureholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Debentureholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Debentureholder.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Debentures, the right of any holder of any Debentures to receive payment of the principal of (including the redemption price or repurchase price upon redemption or repurchase pursuant to Article 3) and premium, if any, and accrued interest on such Debentures, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Debentures or in the event of redemption or repurchase, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates against the Company shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.
          Anything contained in this Indenture or the Debentures to the contrary notwithstanding, the holder of any Debentures, without the consent of either the Trustee or the holder of any other Debentures, on its own behalf and for its own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any proceeding suitable to enforce, its rights of conversion as provided herein.
          SECTION 6.07.   Rights of Debentureholders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Debentureholder to receive payment of principal of and liquidated damages and interest on the Debentures held by such Debentureholder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Debentures, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Debentureholder.
          SECTION 6.08.   Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own

- 45 -


 

name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
          SECTION 6.09.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Debentureholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, Distribution, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Debentureholders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Debentureholder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Debentureholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
          SECTION 6.10.   Priorities. Subject to Article 12, if the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
   FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
   SECOND: to Debentureholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Debentures for principal and interest, ratably without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Debentures for principal and interest, respectively; and
   THIRD: to the Company.
          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Debentureholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Debentureholder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
          SECTION 6.11.   Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Debentureholder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Debentureholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Debentures or to any suit instituted by any holder of Debentures for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Debentures on or after the due date expressed in such Debentures or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Debentures in accordance with the provisions of Article 10.

- 46 -


 

          SECTION 6.12.   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. Neither the Company nor Distribution (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and Distribution (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE 7
Trustee
          SECTION 7.01.   Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
    (1) the Trustee need only perform such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
    (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
    (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;
    (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
    (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
          (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

- 47 -


 

          (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
          (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
          (h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.
          SECTION 7.02.   Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.
          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
          (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.
          (f) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Debentures shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
          (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.
          (h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Debentureholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Debentureholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

- 48 -


 

          SECTION 7.03.   Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Conversion Agent, Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
          SECTION 7.04.   Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Debentures, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Debentures, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Debentures or in the Debentures other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
          SECTION 7.05.   Notice of Defaults. (a) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default, other than a payment default, unless a Trust Officer shall have been advised in writing that a Default has occurred. No duty imposed upon the Trustee in this Indenture shall be applicable with respect to any Default of which the Trustee is not deemed to have notice.
          (b) If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Debentureholder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest on any Debenture (including payments pursuant to the redemption provisions of such Debenture), the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Debentureholders.
          SECTION 7.06.   Reports by Trustee to Debentureholders. As promptly as practicable after each October 31, beginning with the October 31 following the first anniversary of the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to December 31 in each subsequent year, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Debentureholder a brief report dated as of October 31 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA.
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Debentureholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Debentures are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Debentures become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
          SECTION 7.07.   Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents,

- 49 -


 

counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and Distribution, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee, and hold it harmless, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by or in connection with the offer and sale of the Debentures or the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or Distribution of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Company and Distribution, as applicable, shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and Distribution, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct and negligence.
          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Debentures on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest and any liquidated damages on particular Debentures.
          The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(h) or (i) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
          SECTION 7.08.   Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
          (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
          (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
          (c) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
          (d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debentures and such Debentureholders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

- 50 -


 

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Debentureholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Debentures may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Debentureholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
          SECTION 7.09.   Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debentures shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Debentures so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debentures shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Debentures either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debentures or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
          SECTION 7.10.   Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
          SECTION 7.11.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.

- 51 -


 

ARTICLE 8
Discharge of Indenture
          SECTION 8.01.   Discharge of Liability on Debentures. (a) When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Debentures (other than Debentures replaced pursuant to Section 2.09) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Debentures have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption or upon a repurchase pursuant to Article 3 hereof, and the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee money sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption or repurchase all outstanding Debentures, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption or repurchase date (other than Debentures replaced pursuant to Section 2.09), and any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures, and if in each such case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(b), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company.
          (b) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Debentures have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.03 and 8.04 shall survive.
          SECTION 8.02.   Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money and any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Debentures or, in the case of any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures, in accordance with this Indenture in relation to the conversion of Debentures pursuant to the terms hereof. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 12.
          SECTION 8.03.   Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.
          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest and any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Debentureholders entitled to the money and/or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.
          SECTION 8.04.   Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or to deliver any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or

- 52 -


 

otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Debentures shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Debentures because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Debentureholders of such Debentures to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
Amendments
          SECTION 9.01.   Without Consent of Debentureholders. The Company, Distribution and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Debentures without notice to or consent of any Debentureholder:
          (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
          (b) to comply with Article 5;
     (c) to provide for uncertificated Debentures in addition to or in place of certificated Debentures; provided, however, that the uncertificated Debentures are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Debentures are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
     (d) to make any change in Article 12 that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness (or Representatives therefor) under Article 12;
     (e) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Debentures or to secure the Debentures;
     (f) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Debentureholders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;
     (g) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Debentureholder, subject to the provisions of this Indenture;
     (h) to provide for a successor Trustee;
     (i) to make any changes or modifications necessary in connection with the registrations of the Debentures under the Securities Act as contemplated in the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures in any material respect; or

- 53 -


 

     (j) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA.
          An amendment under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 12 of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
          After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Debentureholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Debentureholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
          SECTION 9.02.   With Consent of Debentureholders. The Company, Distribution and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Debentures with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Debentures then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Debentures), without notice to any other Debentureholder. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Debenture affected, an amendment may not:
     (a) reduce the principal amount of Debentures whose Debentureholders must consent to an amendment;
     (b) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Debenture;
     (c) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Debenture;
     (d) reduce the amount payable in relation to the repurchase of any Debentures or change the time at which any Debentures may be put by holders for repurchase by the Company in accordance with Article 3;
     (e) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Debenture or change the time at which any Debenture may be redeemed in accordance with Article 3;
     (f) make any Debenture payable in money other than that stated in the Debenture;
     (g) make any change affecting the ranking of the Debentures or any change in Article 12 that adversely affects the rights of any Debentureholder under Article 12;
          (h) impair the right of a holder to institute suit for payment of any Debentures;
          (i) adversely affect the right of a holder to convert any Debentures into cash, and, if applicable, shares of Common Stock (or to the extent otherwise applicable, other

- 54 -


 

          property receivable upon conversion pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) or reduce the Conversion Rate, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Indenture;
    (j) make any change adversely affecting the rights of holders of the Debentures with respect to the Distribution Guarantee; or
    (k) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02.
          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Debentureholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
          An amendment under this Section 9.02 may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 12 of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
          After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Debentureholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Debentureholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
          SECTION 9.03.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Debentures shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
          SECTION 9.04.   Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Debentureholder of a Debenture shall bind the Debentureholder and every subsequent Debentureholder of that Debenture or portion of the Debenture that evidences the same debt as the consenting Debentureholder’s Debenture, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Debenture. However, any such Debentureholder or subsequent Debentureholder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Debentureholder’s Debenture or portion of the Debenture if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Debentureholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once both (i) the requisite number of consents have been received by the Company or the Trustee and (ii) such amendment or waiver has been executed by the Company and the Trustee.
          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Debentureholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Debentureholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Debentureholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

- 55 -


 

          SECTION 9.05.   Notation on or Exchange of Debentures. If an amendment changes the terms of a Debenture, the Trustee may require the Debentureholder of the Debenture to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Debenture regarding the changed terms and return it to the Debentureholder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Debenture shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Debenture that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Debenture shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
          SECTION 9.06.   Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and Distribution enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
ARTICLE 10
Conversion of Debentures
          SECTION 10.01.   Right to Convert. (a) Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, on or prior to the close of business on the Trading Day immediately preceding October 15, 2025, the holder of any Debentures not previously redeemed or repurchased shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to convert the principal amount of the Debentures held by such holder, or any portion of such principal amount which is an integral multiple of $1,000, into cash and, if applicable, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (as such shares shall then be constituted) as described in Section 10.12, at the Conversion Rate in effect at such time, by surrender of the Debentures so to be converted in whole or in part, together with any required funds, under the circumstances described in this Section 10.01 and in the manner provided in Section 10.02. The Debentures shall be convertible only upon the occurrence of one of the following events:
     (1) prior to October 15, 2023 on any date during any Fiscal Quarter beginning after December 31, 2005 (and only during such Fiscal Quarter), if the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock was more than 120% of the then current Conversion Price for at least 20 Trading Days in the 30 consecutive Trading-Day period ending on the last Trading Day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter;
     (2) on or after October 15, 2023;
     (3) with respect to Debentures called for redemption pursuant to Section 3.01, until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day prior to the relevant redemption date;

- 56 -


 

     (4) if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a shareholder rights plan) entitling them to purchase, for a period of 45 calendar days or less, Common Stock at less than the average Closing Sale Price per share of the Common Stock for the 10 Trading Days preceding the declaration date for such distribution;
     (5) if the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of Common Stock, cash or other assets, debt securities or rights to purchase the Company’s securities (other than pursuant to a shareholder rights plan, share split of Common Stock or a dividend or distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock), which distribution has a per share value as determined by the Board of Directors exceeding 5% of the Closing Sale Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day preceding the declaration for such distribution;
     (6) if a Fundamental Change occurs, at any time beginning on the Business Day following the effective date of the Fundamental Change until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date relating to such Fundamental Change; or
     (7) during the five consecutive Trading Days immediately following any five consecutive Trading-Day period in which the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of the Debentures was less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock and the applicable Conversion Rate for each day of such five consecutive Trading Day period.
          (b) (1) The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing on or prior to the fifth Business Day following the first day of each calendar quarter (commencing prior to October 15, 2023, beginning with the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2006) whether the condition to conversion set forth in Section 10.01(1)(a) above shall have been satisfied with respect to such calendar quarter.
          (2) The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the Trading Price of the Debentures and whether the Debentures are convertible pursuant to clause (7) of Section 10.01(a) unless the Company has requested such determination; and the Company shall have no obligation to make such request unless a holder of the Debentures makes a request for a determination and provides the Company with reasonable evidence that the Trading Price per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures is reasonably likely to be less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the Conversion Rate then in effect per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures. At such time, the Company shall instruct the Trustee to determine the Trading Price of the Debentures beginning on the next Trading Day and on each successive Trading Day for 10 consecutive Trading Days to determine whether the Trading Prices for the Debentures for each Trading Day in any five consecutive Trading Day period within such 10 Trading Day period is less than 98% of the product of the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock and the then current Conversion Rate, and to notify the Company accordingly.

- 57 -


 

          The Trustee shall be entitled at its sole discretion to consult with the Company and to request the assistance of the Company in connection with the Trustee’s duties and obligations pursuant to Section 10.01(b)(1) and Section 10.01(b)(2) hereof (including without limitation the calculation or determination of the Conversion Price, the Conversion Rate, the Closing Sale Price and the Trading Price), and the Company agrees, if requested by the Trustee, to cooperate with, and provide assistance to, the Trustee in carrying out its duties under this Section 10.01. Upon determination of the Conversion Price, the Conversion Rate, the Closing Sale Price or the Trading Price, as the case may be, the Trustee shall notify the Company in writing of such determination and, in the case of the determination of the Conversion Price, the Conversion Rate or the Closing Sale Price, upon request the Company shall promptly confirm such determination in writing to the Trustee.
          (c) In the case of a distribution contemplated by clauses (4) or (5) of Section 10.01(a), the Company shall notify holders of Debentures at least 20 calendar days prior to the ex-dividend date (the first date on which the Common Stock trades, regular way, on the relevant market from which the Closing Sale Price was obtained without the right to receive such right, warrant, dividend or distribution) for such distribution (the “Distribution Notice”). Once the Company has given the Distribution Notice, holders may surrender their Debentures for conversion at any time until the earlier of (i) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the ex-dividend date or (ii) the Company’s announcement that such distribution will not take place. In the event of a distribution contemplated by clauses (4) or (5) of Section 10.01(a), holders may not convert the Debentures if the holders may otherwise participate in such distribution without converting their Debentures. The Company will provide written notice to the Trustee and holders and any conversion agent as soon as reasonably practicable of any anticipated or actual event or transaction that will cause or causes the Debentures to become convertible pursuant to clauses (4) or (5) of Section 10.01(a).
          (d) In addition, if the Company consolidates with or merges with or into another Person or is a party to a binding share exchange or conveys, transfers, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its properties and assets in each case in a transaction not constituting a Fundamental Change, pursuant to which the Common Stock would be converted into cash, securities and/or other property, then the holders shall have the right to convert their Debentures at any time beginning fifteen calendar days prior to the date announced by the Company as the anticipated effective date of the transaction and until and including the date which is 15 calendar days after the date that is the actual effective date of such transaction. The Board of Directors shall determine the anticipated effective date of the transaction, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the holders and shall be publicly announced by the Company and posted on its website not later than 20 calendar days prior to such date.
          (e) Whenever the Debentures shall become convertible pursuant to this Section 10.01, the Company or, at the Company’s request, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall notify the holders of the event triggering such convertibility in the manner provided in Section 13.02, and the Company shall also publicly announce such information and publish it on the Company’s website. Any notice so given shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice. The

- 58 -


 

Company shall notify holders at least 20 calendar days prior to the anticipated effective date of any Fundamental Change.
          (f) Debentures in respect of which a holder has delivered a Repurchase Notice exercising such holder’s right to require the Company to repurchase such Debentures pursuant to Section 3.04 or 3.05 may be converted only if such Repurchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with Section 3.07 prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Repurchase Date or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as applicable.
          (g) A holder of Debentures is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such holder has converted his Debentures to Common Stock, and only to the extent such Debentures are deemed to have been converted to Common Stock under this Article 10.
          SECTION 10.02.   Exercise of Conversion Right; Issuance of Common Stock on Conversion; No Adjustment for Interest or Dividends. In order to exercise the conversion right with respect to any Debentures in certificated form, the Company must receive at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York or, at the option of such holder, the Corporate Trust Office, such Debentures with the original or facsimile of the form entitled “Conversion Notice” on the reverse thereof, duly completed and manually signed, together with such Debentures duly endorsed for transfer, together with any other required transfer documents, accompanied by the funds, if any, required by this Section 10.02. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address or addresses) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock which shall be issuable on such conversion shall be issued, and shall be accompanied by transfer or similar taxes, if required pursuant to Section 10.07.
          In order to exercise the conversion right with respect to any interest in a Global Debenture, the holder must complete, or cause to be completed, the appropriate instruction form for conversion pursuant to the Depositary’s book-entry conversion program; deliver, or cause to be delivered, by book-entry delivery an interest in such Global Debenture; furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Company or the Trustee or conversion agent; and pay the funds, if any, required by this Section 10.02 and any transfer or similar taxes if required pursuant to Section 10.07.
          The cash and, if applicable, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock into which the Debentures are converted (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) will be delivered to such holder after satisfaction of the requirements for conversion set forth above, in accordance with Section 10.12. In case any Debentures of a denomination greater than $1,000 shall be surrendered for partial conversion, and subject to Section 2.03, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of the Debentures so surrendered, without charge to the holder, a new Debentures or Debentures in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Debentures.
          Each conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as to any such Debentures (or portion thereof) on the date on which the requirements set forth above in this Section 10.02

- 59 -


 

have been satisfied as to such Debentures (or portion thereof) (the “Conversion Date”) and such Debentures will be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Conversion Date. The Person in whose name any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become, on said date, the holder of record of the shares represented thereby; provided that any such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall constitute the Person in whose name the certificates are to be issued as the record holder thereof for all purposes on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open, but such conversion shall be at the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date.
          Any Debentures or portion thereof surrendered for conversion during the period from 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Record Date for any interest payment date to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the applicable interest payment date shall be accompanied by payment, in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest (excluding any Additional Interest) otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted; provided that no such payment need be made (1) if a holder converts its Debentures in connection with a redemption and the Company has specified a redemption date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, (2) if a holder converts its Debentures in connection with a Fundamental Change and the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date or (3) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest exists at the time of conversion with respect to such Debentures. Except as provided above in this Section 10.02 and Section 10.05, no payment or other adjustment shall be made for interest accrued on any Debentures converted or for dividends on any shares issued upon the conversion of such Debentures as provided in this Article 10.
          Upon the conversion of an interest in a Global Debenture, the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), or the custodian for the Global Debenture at the direction of the Trustee (or other conversion agent appointed by the Company), shall make a notation on such Global Debenture as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversions of Debentures effected through any conversion agent other than the Trustee.
          Upon the conversion of any Debentures, the accrued but unpaid interest attributable to the period from the issue date of the Debentures to the Conversion Date, with respect to the converted Debentures, shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited, but rather shall be deemed to be paid in full to the holder thereof through delivery of the cash (including a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares, if any) and shares of Common Stock, if any, in exchange for the Debentures being converted pursuant to the provisions hereof.
          SECTION 10.03.   Cash Payments in Lieu of Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip certificates representing fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of Debentures. If more than one Debenture shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same holder, the number of full shares that shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If any fractional share of stock

- 60 -


 

would be issuable upon the conversion of any Debenture or Debentures, the Company shall make an adjustment and payment therefor in cash to the holder of Debentures at a price equal to the Closing Sale Price on the last Trading Day immediately preceding the Conversion Date.
          SECTION 10.04.   Conversion Rate.
          (a) Each $1,000 principal amount of the Debentures shall be convertible into cash and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, based upon the Conversion Rate which is specified in the form of Debentures attached as Exhibit A hereto, subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 10.04 and Section 10.05.
          (b) Subject to Section 10.13, if and only to the extent a holder elects to convert Debentures at any time following the date on which a Non-Stock Change of Control becomes effective (the “Effective Date”) but before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the related Fundamental Change Purchase Date, the Company shall increase the Conversion Rate applicable to such converted Debentures by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”) as set forth below. The number of additional shares of Common Stock shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the Effective Date and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid per share for the Common Stock in the Non-Stock Change of Control. If holders of Common Stock receive only cash in the Non-Stock Change of Control, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock on the five Trading Days prior to but not including the Effective Date of such Non-Stock Change of Control.
          The numbers of Additional Shares of Common Stock set forth in the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Conversion Rate is adjusted in the same manner in which the Conversion Rate is adjusted. The Stock Prices set forth in the table below shall be adjusted, as of any date on which the Conversion Rate is adjusted, to equal the Stock Price applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, of which
          (1) the numerator shall be the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment and
          (2) the denominator shall be the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.
The following table sets forth the Stock Price and number of additional shares by which the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted:
Stock Price
                                                                                 
    $31.01   $40.00   $45.00   $50.00   $55.00   $60.00   $65.00   $70.00   $75.00   $80.00
Effective Date
                                                                               
September 27, 2005
    8.36       4.90       3.78       2.99       2.41       1.98       1.65       1.39       1.19       1.02  
October 15, 2006
    8.23       4.59       3.45       2.66       2.10       1.69       1.39       1.15       0.97       0.83  
October 15, 2007
    8.10       4.22       3.05       2.27       1.73       1.35       1.08       0.88       0.73       0.61  
October 15, 2008
    7.94       3.70       2.50       1.73       1.24       0.91       0.70       0.55       0.44       0.37  
October 15, 2009
    7.80       2.92       1.66       0.96       0.57       0.35       0.24       0.17       0.13       0.11  
October 15, 2010
    0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  

- 61 -


 

          If the Stock Price and Effective Date are not set forth on the table above and the Stock Price is:
               (i) between two Stock Prices on the table or the Effective Date is between two days on the table, the number of additional shares of Common Stock shall be determined by the Trustee by straight-line interpolation between the number of additional shares of Common Stock set forth for the higher and lower Stock Price and the two Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a 360-day year;
               (ii) in excess of $80.00 per share (subject to adjustment), no additional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion; or
               (iii) less than $31.01 per share (subject to adjustment), no additional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Conversion Rate as adjusted pursuant to this Section 10.04 exceed 32.2476 per $1,000 principal amount of the Debentures, subject to adjustments in the same manner as the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock as set forth in this Section 10.04(b).
          The Company shall provide written notice to all holders and to the Trustee at least 20 calendar days prior to the anticipated Effective Date of a Non-Stock Change of Control. The Company must also provide written notice to all holders and to the Trustee upon the effectiveness of such Non-Stock Change of Control.
          SECTION 10.05.   Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows:
          (a) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of the Debentures are outstanding, pay a dividend in shares of Common Stock or make a distribution in shares of Common Stock to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the date following the Record Date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be increased by multiplying such Conversion Rate by a fraction:
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution plus the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or other distribution; and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination,

- 62 -


 

such increase to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. For the purpose of this paragraph (a), the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 10.05(a) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
          (b) In case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, and conversely, in case outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, such increase or reduction, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.
          (c) In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants (other than any rights or warrants referred to in Section 10.05(d)) to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock entitling them to subscribe or purchase, for a period of up to 45 calendar days, shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the Current Market Price on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants by a fraction,
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants plus the total number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase, and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants plus the number of shares that the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase at such Current Market Price.
          Such adjustment shall be successively made whenever any such rights or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants; provided, that no adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made if the holder will otherwise participate in such distribution without conversion as a result of holding the Debentures. To the extent that shares of Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants

- 63 -


 

been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants had not been fixed. In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than such Current Market Price, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.
          (d) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock shares of any class of capital stock of the Company or evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including securities, but excluding (i) any rights or warrants referred to in Section 10.05(c), (ii) any dividends or distributions in connection with a reclassification, consolidation, merger, combination or sale or conveyance to which Section 10.06 applies, (iii) any dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash or (iv) any dividends or distributions referred to in Section 10.05(a)) (any of the foregoing hereinafter in this Section 10.05(d)) called the “Distributed Assets”), then, in each such case, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the record date with respect to such distribution by a fraction,
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such record date; and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such record date less the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive, and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) on the record date of the portion of the Distributed Assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock,
such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following such record date; provided that if the then Fair Market Value (as so determined) of the portion of the Distributed Assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the record date or the Current Market Price exceed such Fair Market Value by less than $1.00, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of Debentures shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of Distributed Assets such holder would have received had such holder converted each Debentures solely into Common Stock immediately prior to the record date; and provided, further, that no adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made if the holder will otherwise participate in such distribution without conversion as a result of holding the Debentures. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

- 64 -


 

          If the Board of Directors determines the Fair Market Value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 10.05(d) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any Distributed Assets comprising all or part of such distribution, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period (the “Reference Period”) used in computing the Current Market Price pursuant to Section 10.05(h)(i) to the extent possible, unless the Board of Directors determines in good faith that determining the Fair Market Value during the Reference Period would not be in the best interest of the holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any such distribution consists of shares of capital stock of, or similar equity interests in, one or more of the Company’s Subsidiaries (a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall be equal to the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the record date with respect to such distribution by a fraction:
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock, plus the Fair Market Value of the portion of the distributed assets so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date), determined as set forth above, and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such record date; and
Such increase shall become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the last Trading Day of the Spin-Off Valuation Period (as defined below). In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. In the case of a Spin-Off, the Fair Market Value of the securities to be distributed shall equal the average of the Closing Sale Prices of such securities on the principal securities market on which such securities are traded for the five consecutive Trading Days commencing on and including the sixth day of trading of those securities after the effectiveness of the Spin-Off (the “Spin-Off Valuation Period”), and the Current Market Price shall be measured for the same period. In the event, however, that an underwritten initial public offering of the securities in the Spin-Off occurs simultaneously with the Spin-Off, Fair Market Value of the securities distributed in the Spin-Off shall mean the initial public offering price of such securities and the Current Market Price shall mean the Closing Sale Price for the Common Stock on the same Trading Day.
          Rights or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s capital stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 10.05 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 10.05 will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 10.05(d). If any such right or warrant,

- 65 -


 

including any such existing rights or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new rights or warrants with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights or warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 10.05 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued.
          No adjustment of the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to this Section 10.05(d) in respect of rights or warrants distributed or deemed distributed on any Trigger Event to the extent that such rights or warrants are actually distributed or reserved by the Company for distribution to holders of Debentures upon conversion by such holders of Debentures to Common Stock.
          For purposes of this Section 10.05(d) and Sections 10.05(a) and (b), any dividend or distribution to which this Section 10.05(d) is applicable that also includes shares of Common Stock, or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or both), shall be deemed instead to be (1) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of indebtedness, assets or shares of capital stock other than such shares of Common Stock or rights or warrants (and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this Section 10.05(d) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock or such rights or warrants (and any further Conversion Rate adjustment required by Sections 10.05(a) or 10.05(b) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except (A) the record date of such dividend or distribution shall be substituted as “the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution”, “the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants” and “the date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of Section 10.05(a) and 10.05(b) and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed “outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination” within the meaning of Section 10.05(a).
          (e) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all holders of its Common Stock cash (including any quarterly cash dividend, but excluding (x) any dividend or distribution in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and (y) any dividend or distribution in connection

- 66 -


 

with a reclassification, consolidation, merger, binding share exchange or sale to which Section 10.06 applies, then the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect on the applicable record date by a fraction,
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such record date; and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the Current Market Price on such record date less the amount of the cash distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock,
such adjustment to be effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the record date; provided that if the portion of the cash so distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price on the record date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of Debentures shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of cash such holder would have received had such holder converted each Debentures solely into Common Stock immediately prior to the record date. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
          (f) In case a tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any Subsidiary for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and such tender or exchange offer (as amended upon the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders of consideration per share of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) that as of the last time (the “Expiration Time”) tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it may be amended) exceeds the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction,
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the Fair Market Value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted up to any such maximum, being referred to as the “Purchased Shares”) and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time and the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time,

- 67 -


 

such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Time. If the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made.
          (g) Except as provided below, in case a tender or exchange offer made by a Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire, the Board of Directors have not recommended rejection of such tender of exchange offer and such tender or exchange offer (as amended upon the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to stockholders of consideration per share of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the Board of Directors) that as of the last time (the “Offer Expiration Time”) tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer (as it may be amended) exceeds the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Business Day immediately following the Offer Expiration Time, the Conversion Rate shall be increased so that the same shall equal the rate determined by multiplying the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Offer Expiration Time by a fraction,
     (1) the numerator of which shall be the sum of (x) the Fair Market Value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Offer Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted up to any such maximum, being referred to as the “Accepted Purchased Shares”) and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Accepted Purchased Shares) at the Offer Expiration Time and the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately following the Offer Expiration Time; and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including any Accepted Purchased Shares) at the Offer Expiration Time multiplied by the Closing Sale Price of a share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately following the Offer Expiration Time,
such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Offer Expiration Time.
     The foregoing adjustment (A) shall be made only if the tender offer or exchange offer is for an amount that increase the ownership of Common Stock by the Person making such offer to more than 25% of the total shares of Common Stock outstanding and (B) will not be made if as of the Offer Expiration Time, the tender offer documents disclose a plan or intention to cause the Company to engage in a transaction constituting a Fundamental Change.
          (h) For purposes of this Section 10.05, the following terms shall have the meaning indicated:

- 68 -


 

          (i) “Current Market Price” on any date means the average of the daily Closing Sale Prices per share of Common Stock for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to such date (the “day in question”); provided that if:
     (1) the “ex” date (as hereinafter defined) for any event (other than the issuance or distribution requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.05 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) occurs during such ten consecutive Trading Days, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day prior to the “ex” date for such other event shall be adjusted by dividing such Closing Sale Price by the same fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be multiplied as a result of such other event;
     (2) the “ex” date for any event (other than the issuance or distribution requiring such computation) that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) occurs on or after the “ex” date for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation and prior to the day in question, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day on and after the “ex” date for such other event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Closing Sale Price by the fraction by which the Conversion Rate is so required to be multiplied as a result of such other event; and
     (3) the “ex” date for the issuance or distribution requiring such computation is prior to the day in question, after taking into account any adjustment required pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of this proviso, the Closing Sale Price for each Trading Day on or after such “ex” date shall be adjusted by adding thereto the amount of any cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined by the Board of Directors in a manner consistent with any determination of such value for purposes of Section 10.05(d), (e) or (f)) of the evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock or assets being distributed applicable to one share of Common Stock as of the close of business on the day before such “ex” date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever successive adjustments to the Conversion Rate are called for pursuant to this Section 10.05, such adjustments shall be made to the Current Market Price as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the intent of this Section 10.05 and to avoid unjust or inequitable results as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
          “Ex” date, when used:
     (1) with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Closing Sale Price was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution;
     (2) with respect to any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock, means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade regular way on such exchange or in such market after the time at which such subdivision or combination becomes effective; and

- 69 -


 

     (3) with respect to any tender or exchange offer, means the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade regular way on such exchange or in such market after the Expiration Time of such offer.
          (ii) “Fair Market Value” shall mean the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction.
          (iii) “record date” shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).
          (iv) “Trading Day” means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs, (ii) there is no Market Disruption Event and (iii) a Closing Sale Price for the Common Stock is provided on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then traded.
          (i) The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to those required by Section 10.05(a)-(g), as the Board of Directors considers to be advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes.
          To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least 20 Business Days, the increase is irrevocable during the period and the Board of Directors shall have made a determination that such increase would be in the best interests of the Company, which determination shall be conclusive. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Company shall mail to holders of record of the Debentures a notice of the increase, which notice will be given at least 15 days prior to the effectiveness of any such increase, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.
          (j) No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in such rate; provided that any adjustments that by reason of this Section 10.05(j) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and the Company shall make such carry forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, (x) annually on the anniversary of the Closing Date and otherwise (y)(1) five Business Days prior to the maturity of the Debentures (whether at stated maturity or otherwise) or (2) prior to the redemption date or Repurchase Date or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, unless such adjustment has already been made. All calculations under this Article 10 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest

- 70 -


 

cent or to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000) of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment need be made for rights to purchase Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest or for any issuance of Common Stock or convertible or exchangeable securities or rights to purchase Common Stock or convertible or exchangeable securities. Interest will not accrue on any cash into which the Debentures are convertible.
          (k) Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company will issue a press release through Business Wire containing the relevant information and make this information available on the Company’s website or through another public medium as the Company may use at that time. In addition, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee and any conversion agent other than the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Conversion Rate and may assume that the last Conversion Rate of which it has actual knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall mail such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to the holder of each Debentures at his last address appearing on the Register, within 20 calendar days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.
          (l) In any case in which this Section 10.05 provides that an adjustment shall become effective immediately after (1) a record date for an event, (2) the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive a dividend or distribution pursuant to Section 10.05(a), (3) a date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive rights or warrants pursuant to Section 10.05(b), or (4) the Expiration Time for any tender or exchange offer pursuant to Section 10.05(f) or Section 10.05(g), (each a “Determination Date”), the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of the applicable Adjustment Event (as hereinafter defined) (x) issuing to the holder of any Debentures converted after such Determination Date and before the occurrence of such Adjustment Event, the additional shares of Common Stock, if any, or other securities issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such Adjustment Event over and above the Common Stock, if any, issuable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (y) paying to such holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fractional share pursuant to Section 10.03. For purposes of this Section 10.05(l), the term “Adjustment Event” shall mean:
               (i) in any case referred to in clause (1) hereof, the occurrence of such event,
               (ii) in any case referred to in clause (2) hereof, the date any such dividend or distribution is paid or made,
               (iii) in any case referred to in clause (3) hereof, the date of expiration of such rights or warrants, and

- 71 -


 

               (iv) in any case referred to in clause (4) hereof, the date a sale or exchange of Common Stock pursuant to such tender or exchange offer is consummated and becomes irrevocable.
          (m) For purposes of this Section 10.05, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock. The Company will not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company.
          (n) No adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made pursuant to this Section 10.05 if the holders of the Debentures may participate in the transaction that would otherwise give rise to adjustment pursuant to this Section 10.05.
          SECTION 10.06.   Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale. If any of the following events occur, namely:
          (a) any reclassification or change of the outstanding Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination),
          (b) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another Person or
          (c) any sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets and those of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any other Person or Persons, as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) with respect to or in exchange for such Common Stock,
in each case, the Company or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture, if such supplemental indenture is then required to so comply) providing that such Debentures shall, without the consent of any holders of Debentures, be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities or property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (the “Applicable Consideration”) that such holder would have been entitled to receive upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition had such Debentures been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition; provided that if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is not the same for each share of Common Stock in the light of rights of election available to holders of Common Stock, then for the purposes of this Section 10.06, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall be proportionately the same as the kind and amount per share received by all Common Stock holders in the aggregate and the term “Applicable

- 72 -


 

Consideration” shall be construed accordingly. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 10. If, in the case of any such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, the stock or other securities and assets receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the holders of the Debentures as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including to the extent practicable the provisions providing for the conversion rights set forth in this Article 10.
          The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each holder, at the address of such holder as it appears on the register of the Debentures maintained by the Registrar, within 20 days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
          The above provisions of this Section 10.06 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, consolidations, mergers, sales, leases, transfers, conveyances or other dispositions.
          If this Section 10.06 applies to any event or occurrence, Section 10.05 shall not apply. Notwithstanding this Section 10.06, if a Public Acquirer Change of Control occurs and the Company elects to adjust its Conversion Obligation and the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.13, the provisions of Section 10.13 shall apply to the conversion instead of this Section 10.06.
          Any additional shares of Common Stock that a holder is entitled to receive upon conversion pursuant to Section 10.04(b), if applicable, shall not be payable in shares of Common Stock, but shall represent a right to receive the aggregate amount of cash, securities or other property into which the additional shares of Common Stock would convert as a result of such recapitalization, change, consolidation, merger, sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition.
          SECTION 10.07.   Taxes on Shares Issued. The issue of stock certificates on conversions of Debentures shall be made without charge to the converting holder of Debentures for any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax in respect of the issue thereof. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of stock in any name other than that of the holder of any Debentures converted, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such stock certificate unless and until the Person or Persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.
          SECTION 10.08.   Reservation of Shares, Shares to be Fully Paid; Compliance with Governmental Requirements; Listing of Common Stock. The Company shall provide, free

- 73 -


 

from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Debentures, including any additional shares, from time to time as such Debentures are presented for conversion.
          Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment increasing the Conversion Rate to an amount that would cause the Conversion Price to be reduced below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures, the Company will take all corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of such Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Rate.
          The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock which may be issued upon conversion of Debentures will upon issue be fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.
          The Company covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Debentures hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued upon conversion, the Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission (or any successor thereto), endeavor to secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.
          The Company further covenants that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on The New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures; provided that if the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first conversion of the Debentures into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures in accordance with the requirements of such exchange or automated quotation system at such time.
          SECTION 10.09.   Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and any other conversion agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any holder of Debentures to determine the Conversion Rate or whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other conversion agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any capital stock, other securities or other assets or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Debentures; and the Trustee and any other conversion agent make no representations with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Debentures for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company

- 74 -


 

contained in this Article 10. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 10.06 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of capital stock or other securities or other assets or property (including cash) receivable by holders of Debentures upon the conversion of their Debentures after any event referred to in such Section 10.06 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 9.01, may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to file with the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto.
          SECTION 10.10.   Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case:
          (a) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on its Common Stock that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.05; or
          (b) the Company shall authorize the granting to the holders of all or substantially all of its Common Stock or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any share of any class or any other rights or warrants; or
          (c) of any reclassification or reorganization of the Common Stock of the Company (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding Common Stock, or a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value), or of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
          (d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company;
the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and to be mailed to each holder of Debentures at his address appearing on the Register provided for in Section 2.05 of this Indenture, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten calendar days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution or rights are to be determined, or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such dividend, distribution, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

- 75 -


 

          SECTION 10.11.   Stockholder Rights Plans. If the rights provided for in any future rights plan adopted by the Company have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights agreement so that the holders of the Debentures would not be entitled to receive any rights in respect of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Debentures, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted as provided in Section 10.05(d). If such rights have not separated, any shares of Common Stock delivered upon the conversion of Debentures shall be accompanied by such rights.
          SECTION 10.12.   Settlement Upon Conversion. Upon any conversion of Debentures, the Company will deliver to converting Holders in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures being converted a “Settlement Amount” equal to the sum of the Daily Settlement Amount for each of the 20 Trading Days during the Cash Settlement Averaging Period.
          “Daily Settlement Amount”, for each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures, for each of the 20 Trading Days during the Cash Settlement Averaging Period, shall consist of:
     (i) cash equal to the lesser of $50 and the Daily Conversion Value; and
     (ii) to the extent the Daily Conversion Value exceeds $50, a number of shares equal to, (A) the difference between the Daily Conversion Value and $50, divided by (B) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock for such day.
          “Daily Conversion Value” means, for each of the 20 consecutive Trading Days during the Cash Settlement Averaging Period, one-twentieth (1/20) of the product of (1) the applicable Conversion Rate and (2) the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock (or the consideration into which the Common Stock has been converted in connection with transactions to which Section 10.06 is applicable) on such day. For the purposes of determining the Daily Conversion Value the following provisions shall apply: (i) if the Applicable Consideration includes securities for which the price can be determined in a manner contemplated by the definition of “Closing Sale Price,” then the value of such securities shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in such definition; (ii) if the Applicable Consideration includes other property (other than securities as to which clause (i) applies or cash), then the value of such property shall be the fair market value of such property as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; and (iii) if the Applicable Consideration includes cash, then the value of such cash shall be the amount thereof.
          The Settlement Amount will be delivered to converting Holders on the third Business Day immediately following the last day of the Cash Settlement Averaging Period.
          SECTION 10.13.   Conversion After a Public Acquirer Change of Control.
          (a) In the event of a Public Acquirer Change of Control, the Company may, in lieu of adjusting the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 10.04(b), elect to adjust its Conversion Obligation and the Conversion Rate such that from and after the Effective Date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control, holders of the Debentures shall be entitled to convert their Debentures, in accordance with Section 10.02 hereof, into shares of Public Acquirer Common

- 76 -


 

Stock and the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before the Public Acquirer Change of Control shall be adjusted by multiplying it by a fraction:
     (1) the numerator of which shall be (A) in the case of a share exchange, consolidation, merger or binding share exchange, pursuant to which the Common Stock is converted into cash, securities or other property, the average value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors) paid or payable per share of Common Stock or (B) in the case of any other Public Acquirer Change of Control, the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days prior to but excluding the Effective Date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control; and
     (2) the denominator of which shall be the average of the Closing Sale Prices of the Public Acquirer Common Stock for the five consecutive Trading Days commencing on the Trading Day next succeeding the Effective Date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control.
          (b) The Company shall notify holders of its election by providing notice as set forth in Section 10.04(b).
          (c) If the Company elects to make the adjustment to the Conversion Rate described in Section 10.13(a) in the event of a Public Acquirer Change of Control, holders of Debentures will not be entitled to receive any additional shares pursuant to Section 10.04(b).
ARTICLE 11
Distribution Guarantee
          SECTION 11.01.   Distribution Guarantee. Distribution hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Debentureholder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Debentures when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption, repurchase, upon conversion or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Debentures and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Debentures (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Distribution further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from Distribution, and that Distribution shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
          Distribution waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Distribution waives notice of any default under the Debentures or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of Distribution hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Debentureholder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or

- 77 -


 

remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Debentures or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Debentures or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Debentureholder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Debentureholder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (f) any change in the ownership of Distribution, except as provided in Section 11.02(b).
          Distribution hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company first be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s or Distribution’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by Distribution hereunder. Distribution hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to an action being initiated against Distribution.
          Distribution further agrees that its Distribution Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Debentureholder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.
          The Distribution Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article 12, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of Distribution and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.
          Except as expressly set forth in Section 11.02, the obligations of Distribution hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of Distribution herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Debentureholder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Debentures or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of Distribution or would otherwise operate as a discharge of Distribution as a matter of law or equity.
          Distribution agrees that its Distribution Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Distribution further agrees that its Distribution Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Debentureholder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

- 78 -


 

          In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Debentureholder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against Distribution by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, Distribution hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Debentureholders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Debentureholders and the Trustee.
          Distribution agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Debentureholders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Distribution further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Debentureholders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the Distribution Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by Distribution for the purposes of this Section 11.01.
          Distribution also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Debentureholder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.
          Upon request of the Trustee, Distribution shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
          SECTION 11.02.   Limitation on Liability. Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum, aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by Distribution shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to Distribution, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
          SECTION 11.03.   When Distribution May Merge or Transfer Assets. (a) Distribution shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:
     (1) either (i) Distribution is the continuing corporation, or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (if other than the Company) is a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such person assumes, by a supplemental indenture

- 79 -


 

in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and a supplemental agreement, all of Distributions obligations under the Distribution Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement;
     (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction described above, no default or Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing; and
     (3) Distribution has delivered to the Trustee the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, if any, requested pursuant to Section 11.03(c).
          (b) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease in which Distribution is not the continuing corporation and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee, of the Guaranteed Obligations and the observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed or satisfied by Distribution and by supplemental agreement, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Trustee, of all of the obligations of Distribution under the Registration Rights Agreement, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for Distribution, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of this first part, and Distribution shall be discharged from its obligations under the Distribution Guarantee, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, upon compliance with this Section 11.03 the Person named as “Distribution” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Section 11.03 may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and such Person shall be discharged from its liabilities as obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations and from its obligations under this Indenture.
          (c) Prior to execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 5, if so requested by the Trustee, the Trustee shall receive an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and any such assumption complies with the provisions of this Section 11.03.
          (d) This Article 11 shall be binding upon Distribution and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Debentureholders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Debentureholder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Debentures shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.
          SECTION 11.04.   No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Debentureholders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Debentureholders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

- 80 -


 

          SECTION 11.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by Distribution therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on Distribution in any case shall entitle Distribution to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
          SECTION 11.06. Anti-Layering Covenant. Distribution shall not Incur, directly or indirectly, or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness. No Indebtedness shall be deemed to be subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness solely by virtue of being unsecured.
ARTICLE 12
Subordination of the Distribution Guarantee
          SECTION 12.01. Agreement to Subordinate. Distribution agrees, and each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture agrees, that the obligations of Distribution hereunder are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness of Distribution and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of Distribution. The obligations hereunder with respect to Distribution shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Indebtedness of Distribution provided that the obligations hereunder with respect to Distribution shall rank senior to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations of Distribution; and only Indebtedness of Distribution that is Senior Indebtedness of Distribution shall rank senior to the obligations of Distribution in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
          SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of Distribution to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of Distribution or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to Distribution and its properties:
          (a) holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of such Senior Indebtedness before the Debentureholders shall be entitled to receive any payment pursuant to any Guaranteed Obligations from Distribution; and
          (b) until the Senior Indebtedness of Distribution is paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Debentureholders would be entitled but for this Article 12 shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.
          SECTION 12.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution. Distribution may not make any payment pursuant to any of the Guaranteed Obligations or

- 81 -


 

repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Debentures (collectively, “pay its Distribution Guarantee”) if (i) any Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution is not paid in cash or cash equivalents when due or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, (x) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (y) such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents; provided, however, that Distribution may pay its Distribution Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if Distribution and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, Distribution may not pay its Distribution Guarantee for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to Distribution) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee (with a copy to Distribution) from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) by repayment in full in cash or cash equivalents of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or (iii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing). Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, Distribution may resume to paying its Distribution Guarantee after the end of such Payment Blockage Period, including any missed payments. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given with respect to Distribution in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution during such period; provided, however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution other than the Bank Indebtedness, the Representative of the Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360-consecutive day period. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.
          SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment. If payment of the Debentures is accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on Distribution pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior

- 82 -


 

Indebtedness of Distribution (or the Representative of such holders) of such demand. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution is outstanding, Distribution may not pay its Distribution Guarantee until five Business Days after such holders or the Representative of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution receive notice of such demand and, thereafter, may pay its Distribution Guarantee only if this Article 12 otherwise permits payment at that time.
          SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a payment or distribution is made to Debentureholders that because of this Article 12 should not have been made to them, the Debentureholders who receive the payment or distribution shall hold such payment or distribution in trust for holders of the Senior Indebtedness of Distribution and pay it over to them as their respective interests may appear.
          SECTION 12.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of Distribution is paid in full and until the Debentures are paid in full, Debentureholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness of Distribution to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness of Distribution. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of Distribution which otherwise would have been made to Debentureholders is not, as between Distribution and Debentureholders, a payment by Distribution on such Senior Indebtedness of Distribution.
          SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights. This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Debentureholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
          (a) impair, as between Distribution and Debentureholders, the obligation of Distribution which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent set forth in Article 11; or
          (b) prevent the Trustee or any Debentureholder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by Distribution under its obligations with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution to receive distributions otherwise payable to Debentureholders.
          SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Distribution. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution to enforce the subordination of the obligations of Distribution hereunder shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by Distribution or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
          SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding Section 12.03, the Trustee or the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Debentures and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 12. Distribution, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution give the notice; provided,

- 83 -


 

however, that if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness of Distribution with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of Distribution which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
          SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
          SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure of Distribution to make a payment on any of its obligations by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by Distribution under such obligations. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Debentureholders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on Distribution pursuant to Article 11.
          SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Debentureholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Debentureholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of Distribution and other Indebtedness of Distribution, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness of Distribution held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12.
          SECTION 12.13. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination

- 84 -


 

between the Debentureholders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
          SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Debentureholders or Distribution or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.
          SECTION 12.15. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Distribution on Subordination Provisions. Each Debentureholder by accepting a Debenture acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of Distribution, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Debentures, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
          SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.
          SECTION 13.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
if to the Company:
WESCO International, Inc.
Commerce Court, Suite 700
Four Station Square
Pittsburgh, PA 15219
Attention: Daniel A. Brailer, Corporate Secretary
if to the Trustee:
J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association.
227 W. Monroe, Suite 2600
Chicago, IL 60606
Attention: Corporate Trust Department
          The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

- 85 -


 

          Any notice or communication mailed to a Debentureholder shall be mailed to the Debentureholder at the Debentureholder’s address as it appears on the Register of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Debentureholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Debentureholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
          SECTION 13.03. Communication by Debentureholders with Other Debentureholders. Debentureholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Debentureholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Debentures. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
          SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
          (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
          (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
          SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
          (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
          (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
          (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
          SECTION 13.06. When Debentures Disregarded. In determining whether the Debentureholders of the required principal amount of Debentures have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Debentures owned by the Company, Distribution or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with

- 86 -


 

the Company or Distribution shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Debentures which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Debentures outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.
          SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Debentureholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
          SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
          SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE DEBENTURES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
          SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Debentures or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Debenture, each Debentureholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Debentures.
          SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and Distribution in this Indenture and the Debentures shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
          SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
          SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
          SECTION 13.14. Indenture, Debentures and Guarantee Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or, premium, if any, or interest on any Debentures, or under any Guarantee, or for any claim based upon any Debentures or Guarantee or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Debentures or Guarantee, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or any of the

- 87 -


 

Company’s subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Debentures.

- 88 -


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
         

[CORPORATE SEAL] 
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC., as Issuer

 
 
  by   /s/ Roy W. Haley    
  Name:   Roy W. Haley   
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         

[CORPORATE SEAL] 
WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., as Guarantor

 
 
  by   /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss    
  Name:   Stephen A. Van Oss   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial and Administrative Officer   
 
         
  J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee,
 
 
  by   /s/ Carol Ng  
    Name:   Carol Ng   
    Title:   Vice President   
 

- 89 -


 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF DEBENTURE]
          THIS DEBENTURE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, FOR PURPOSES OF SECTIONS 1272, 1273, AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED. UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER OF THIS DEBENTURE, THE COMPANY WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO THE HOLDER OF THIS DEBENTURE, (1) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THE DEBENTURE, (II) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IN RESPECT THEREOF, (III) THE ISSUE DATE OF THE DEBENTURE, (IV) THE COMPARABLE YIELD OF THE DEBENTURE, AND (V) THE PROJECTED PAYMENT SCHEDULE OF THE DEBENTURE, IN EACH CASE AS DETERMINED UNDER THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT RULES OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. PLEASE CONTACT: WESTCO INTERNATIONAL, INC., COMMERCE COURT, SUITE 700, FOUR STATION SQUARE, PITTSBURGH, PA 15219, ATTN: INVESTOR RELATIONS DEPARTMENT.
[Global Debentures Legend]
          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
[Restricted Debentures Legend]
          THE SECURITY EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT OF 1933”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER AGREES (1) THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE DATE TWO YEARS AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE 2.625% CONVERTIBLE SENIOR

 


 

DEBENTURES DUE 2025 OF WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OR THE COMMON STOCK THAT MAY BE ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF SUCH SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 PROVIDED BY RULE 144 , IF AVAILABLE, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE; AND (2) THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 1(B) ABOVE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

- 2 -


 

No.                       $                    
2.625% Convertible Senior Debenture due 2025
CUSIP No.:                     
          WESCO International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [Cede & Co., or registered assigns]1                     , the principal sum of                      Dollars [, as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Debenture attached hereto,]2 on October 15, 2025.
          Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15.
          Record Dates: April 1 and October 1.
          Reference is made to the further provisions of this Debenture set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the holder of this Debenture the right to convert this Debenture into cash and, if applicable, Common Stock, on the terms and subject to the limitations referred to on the reverse hereof and as more fully specified in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
          This Debenture shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.
         

[Seal] 
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
Dated:
 
1   Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Debenture is in Global Form.
 
2   Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Debenture is in Global Form.

 


 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
   AUTHENTICATION
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Debentures referred to in the Indenture.
         
By:        
  Authorized Signatory     

 


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF DEBENTURE]
2.625% Convertible Senior Debenture due 2025
1.   Interest
          (a) WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Debenture at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year commencing on April 15, 2006. Interest on the Debentures will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from September 27, 2005. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of such payment by virtue of the payment being made on such later date.
          (b) Contingent Interest. Beginning with the six-month interest period commencing October 15, 2010, the Company will pay interest (“Contingent Interest”) during any six-month interest period if the Trading Price of the Debentures for each of the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period equals or exceeds 120% of the principal amount of the Debentures. During any six-month interest period when Contingent Interest is payable, the Contingent Interest payable on each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures shall equal 0.25% of the average Trading Price of $1,000 principal amount of Debentures during the five Trading Days ending on the second Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of the applicable six-month interest period used to determine whether Contingent Interest must be paid.
          (c) Additional Interest. The holder of this Debenture is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2005, among the Company, WESCO Distribution, Inc. (“Distribution”) and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this paragraph (c) but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Rights Agreement. In the event of a Registration Default under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall pay Additional Interest on Debentures that constitute Transfer Restricted Securities from and including the day following the Registration Default to but excluding the day on which the Registration Default has been cured, at a rate, (x) with respect to the first 90-day period during which a Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Debentures, and (y) with respect to the period commencing on the 91st day following the day the Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Debentures; provided that in no event shall Additional Interest accrue at an aggregate rate per year exceeding 0.50% of the principal amount of the Debentures and provided further that Additional Interest with respect to such Transferred Restricted Securities shall not accrue under more than one of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 3(a) of the Registration Rights Agreement at any one time. No Additional Interest shall be payable on any Debentures that have been converted into shares of Common Stock or such Common Stock.

 


 

          (d) Except as otherwise specifically set forth, all references herein to “interest” include deferred interest, Contingent Interest and Additional Interest, if any.
2.   Method of Payment
          The Company will pay interest on the Debentures (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Debentures at the close of business on the April 1 and October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Debentures are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture. Holders must surrender Debentures to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company shall pay interest (i) on any Global Debentures by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee, (ii) on any Debentures in certificated form having a principal amount of less than $2,000,000, by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears in the Register, provided, however, that at maturity interest will be payable at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee and (iii) on any Debentures in certificated form having a principal amount of $2,000,000 or more, by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of the holder of such Debentures duly delivered to the trustee at least five Business Days prior to the relevant interest payment date, provided, however, that at maturity interest will be payable at the office of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee.
3.   Paying Agent and Registrar
          Initially, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and conversion agent. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar or conversion agent without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar, or conversion agent.
4.   Indenture
          The Company issued the Debentures under an Indenture dated as of September 27, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, Distribution and the Trustee. The terms of the Debentures include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture (except as specifically provided in Section 1(c)). The Debentures are subject to all such terms, and Debentureholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.
          The Debentures are senior unsecured obligations of the Company. This Debenture is one of the Debentures referred to in the Indenture issued in an aggregate principal amount of $125 million (up to $150 million if the option of the Initial Purchasers to purchase

 


 

additional Debentures is exercised in full). The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the property of the Company.
          To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Debentures and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Debentures when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration upon conversion or otherwise, according to the terms of the Debentures and the Indenture, Distribution has unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
5.   Optional Redemption
          The Debentures will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to October 15, 20 10. At any time on or after October 15, 2010, the Debentures will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 calendar days’ nor more than 60 calendar days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).
6.   Sinking Fund
          The Debentures are not subject to any sinking fund.
7.   Notice of Redemption
          Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 calendar days but not more than 60 calendar days before the redemption date to each holder of Debentures to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Debentures in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Debentures (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Debentures (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
8.   Repurchase of Debentures at the Option of Debentureholders
          If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to maturity of the Debentures, this Debenture will be subject to a repurchase, at the option of the holder, on a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specified by the Company, that is not less than 20 calendar days nor more than 35 calendar days after notice thereof, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest on this Debenture to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; provided that if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a record date and on or prior the corresponding interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the holder of record of this Debenture on the preceding April 1 or October 1, as the case may be. The Debentures submitted

 


 

for repurchase must be $1,000 in principal amount or whole multiples thereof. The Company shall mail to all holders of record of the Debentures (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law) a notice of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof on or before the fifth calendar day after the occurrence of such Fundamental Change. For Debentures to be so repurchased at the option of the holder, the holder must deliver to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Repurchase Notice containing the information specified by the Indenture, together with such Debentures, duly endorsed for transfer, or (if the Debentures are Global Debentures) book-entry transfer of the Debentures, prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. The repurchase price must be paid in cash.
          Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, each holder shall have the right, at such holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all or any portion of the Debentures held by such holder, on October 15, 2010, October 15, 2015 and October 15, 2020 at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of this Debenture, together with any accrued and unpaid interest on this Debenture to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date, as provided in the Indenture. To exercise such right, a holder shall deliver to the Paying Agent the Repurchase Notice containing the information specified by the Indenture, together with the Debentures, duly endorsed for transfer, or (if the Debentures are Global Debentures) book-entry transfer of the Debentures, at any time during the period from 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date that is 20 Business Days prior to the applicable Repurchase Date to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Repurchase Date. The repurchase price must be paid in cash.
          Holders have the right to withdraw any Repurchase Notice by delivering to the Paying Agent a written notice of withdrawal at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Repurchase Date, as applicable, all as provided in the Indenture.
          If cash sufficient to pay the repurchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Debentures or portions thereof to be repurchased as of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or Repurchase Date, as the case may be, is deposited with the Paying Agent, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or on the Repurchase Date, as the case may be, then such Debentures will cease to be outstanding and interest will cease to accrue on such Debentures immediately thereafter, and the holder thereof shall have no other rights as such other than the right to receive the repurchase price upon surrender of such Debentures.
9.   Conversion
          Upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the Indenture and in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture, on or prior to the close of business on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date of this Debenture, the holder hereof has the right, at its option, to convert each $1,000 principal amount of this Debenture into cash and, if applicable, Common Stock based on a Conversion Rate of 23.8872 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Debentures (a conversion price of approximately $41.86 per share), as the same may be adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, as such shares shall

 


 

be constituted at the date of conversion, upon surrender of this Debenture (if in certificated form) with the form entitled “Conversion Notice” on the reverse hereof duly completed and manually signed, to the Company at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in The City of New York in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, or at the option of such holder, the Corporate Trust Office, together with any funds required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, and, unless any shares issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as this Debenture, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the holder or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney. The Company will notify the holder thereof of any event triggering the right to convert the Debentures as specified above in accordance with the Indenture. In order to exercise the conversion right with respect to any interest in a Global Debenture, the holder must complete the appropriate instruction form pursuant to the Depositary’s book-entry conversion program, deliver by book-entry delivery an interest in such Global Debenture, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Company or the Trustee or conversion agent, and pay the funds, if any, required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. As specified in the Indenture, upon conversion, the Company will pay cash and shares of Common Stock, if any, based on a Daily Conversion Value (as defined in the Indenture) calculated on a proportionate basis for each day of the 20 trading-day Cash Settlement Averaging Period (as defined in the Indenture).
          If and only to the extent holders elect to convert the Debentures in connection with a Non-Stock Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), the Company will increase the Conversion Rate applicable to such converting Debentures; provided that in the case of a Non-Stock Change of Control constituting a Public Acquirer Change of Control (as defined in the Indenture), the Company may, in lieu of increasing the Conversion Rate, elect to adjust the Conversion Obligation and the Conversion Rate such that from and after the effective date of such Public Acquirer Change of Control, holders of the Debentures will be entitled to convert their Debentures (subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions) into a number of shares of Public Acquirer’s Common Stock (as defined in the Indenture) determined as set forth in the Indenture.
          No adjustment in respect of interest on any Debentures converted or dividends on any shares issued upon conversion of such Debentures will be made upon any conversion except as set forth in the next sentence, but holders who convert their Debentures will receive on the next interest payment day any Additional Interest accrued through the Conversion Date. If this Debenture (or portion hereof) is surrendered for conversion during the period from the 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on any applicable Record Date for the payment of interest to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the corresponding interest payment date, this Debenture (or portion hereof being converted) must be accompanied by payment, in immediately available funds or other funds acceptable to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest (excluding any Additional Interest) otherwise payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount being converted; provided that no such payment shall be required (1) if the holder surrenders this Debenture for conversion in connection with a redemption and the Company has specified a redemption date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date, (2) if the holder surrenders this Debenture in connection with a Fundamental Change and the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding interest payment date or (3)

 


 

to the extent of any overdue interest, if any, existing at the time of conversion with respect to this Debenture.
          No fractional shares will be issued upon any conversion of Debentures, but an adjustment and payment in cash will be made, as provided in the Indenture, in respect of any fraction of a share which would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Debentures or Debentures for conversion.
          A Debenture in respect of which a holder is exercising its right to require repurchase may be converted only if such holder validly withdraws its election to exercise such right to require repurchase in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
10.   Denominations, Transfer, Exchange
          The Debentures are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Debentureholder may transfer or exchange Debentures in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Debentureholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any Debentures during the period of 15 days before the mailing of the notice of redemption, or register the transfer of or exchange any Debentures so selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Debentures being redeemed in part.
11.   Persons Deemed Owners
          The registered holder of this Debenture may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
12.   Unclaimed Money
          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest and any shares of Common Stock or other property due in respect of converted Debentures that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Debentureholders entitled to the money and/or securities must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.
13.   Amendment, Waiver
          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Debentures may be amended without prior notice to any Debentureholder but with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Debentures and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder of Debentures, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Debentures (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article 5 of the

 


 

Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Debentures in addition to or in place of certificated Debentures; (iv) to make any change in Article 12 that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness (or Representatives therefor) under Article 12; (v) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Debentures or to secure the Debentures; (vi) to add additional covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Debentureholders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Debentureholder, subject to the provisions of the Indenture; (viii) to provide for a successor Trustee; (ix) to make any changes or modifications necessary in connection with the registrations of the Debentures under the Securities Act as contemplated in the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the holders of the Debentures in any material respect; or (x) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA.
14.   Defaults and Remedies
          If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Debentures to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Debentures will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Debentureholders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Debentures and its consequences.
          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Debentureholders unless such Debentureholders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain exceptions, no Debentureholder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Debentures unless (i) such Debentureholder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Debentureholders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Debentures are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Debentureholder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will

 


 

be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
          No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture shall impair, as among the Company and the holder of the Debentures, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, on and interest on this Debenture at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein and in the Indenture prescribed.
15.   Tax Treatment
          The Company agrees, and by acceptance of beneficial ownership interest in the Debentures each holder of the Debentures will be deemed to have agreed, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (1) to treat the Debentures as indebtedness that is subject to Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.1275-4 (the “Contingent Payment Regulations”) and, for purposes of the Contingent Payment Regulations, to treat the cash and the fair market value of any stock beneficially received by a holder upon any conversion of the Debentures as a contingent payment and (2) to be bound by the Company’s determination of the “comparable yield” and “projected payment schedule,” within the meaning of the Contingent Payment Regulations, with respect to the Debentures. A holder may obtain the issue price, amount of original issue discount, issue date, yield to maturity, comparable yield and projected payment schedule for the Debentures by submitting a written request for such information to the Company at the following address: Wesco International, Inc., 225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700, Pittsburgh, PA 15219, Attention: Investor Relations Department.
16.   Trustee Dealings with the Company
          Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debentures and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
17.   No Recourse Against Others
          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or Distribution shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Debentures or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Debenture, each Debentureholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Debentures.
18.   Authentication
          This Debenture shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Debenture.

 


 

19.   Abbreviations
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Debentureholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
20.   GOVERNING LAW
          THIS DEBENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
21.   CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Debentures and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Debentureholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Debentures or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
          The Company will furnish to any holder of Debentures upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Debenture.

 


 

CONVERSION NOTICE
TO:     WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
          The undersigned registered owner of this Debenture hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Debenture, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or a multiple thereof) below designated, into, cash and shares of Common Stock of WESCO International, Inc., if any, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Debenture, and directs that the check in payment for cash and the shares, if any, issuable and deliverable upon such conversion, deliverable upon conversion or for fractional shares and any Debentures representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. If shares or any portion of this Debenture not converted are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will provide the appropriate information below and pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Debenture.
         
Dated:
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature(s)
 
   
 
  Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature Guarantee

 


 

     Fill in the registration of shares of Common Stock, if any, if to be issued, and Debentures if to be delivered, and the person to whom cash, if any, and payment for fractional shares is to be made, if to be made, other than to and in the name of the registered holder:
Please print name and address
 
(Name)
 
(Street Address)
 
(City, State and Zip Code)
Principal amount to be converted
(if less than all):
         
$
 
   
Social Security or Other Taxpayer
Identification Number:
 
NOTICE: The signature on this Conversion Notice must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Debentures in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 


 

REPURCHASE NOTICE
TO:      WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
          The undersigned registered owner of this Debenture hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from WESCO International, Inc. (the “Company”) regarding the right of holders to elect to require the Company to repurchase the Debentures and requests and instructs the Company to repay the entire principal amount of this Debenture, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture at the price of 100% of such entire principal amount or portion thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Repurchase Date or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be, to the registered holder hereof. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture. The Debentures shall be repurchased by the Company as of the Repurchase Date or the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Indenture.
         
Dated:
 
 
   
     
Signature(s):
 
 
 
   
 
   
NOTICE: The above signatures of the holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Debentures in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
     Debentures Certificate Number (if applicable):                                         
     Principal amount to be repurchased (if less than all, must be $1,000 or whole multiples thereof):                                         
     Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number:                                         

 


 

ASSIGNMENT
          For value received                                                                                  hereby sell(s) assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                                                                                  (Please insert social security or other Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Debentures, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                                          attorney to transfer said Debentures on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
          In connection with any transfer of the Debentures prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) (other than any transfer pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act), the undersigned confirms that such Debentures are being transferred:
     
o
  To WESCO International, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof; or
 
   
o
  To a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
 
   
o
  Pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or
 
   
o
  Pursuant to a Registration Statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and which continues to be effective at the time of transfer;
and unless the Debentures has been transferred to WESCO International, Inc. or a subsidiary thereof, the undersigned confirms that such Debentures are not being transferred to an “affiliate” of the Company as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Debentures evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof.

 


 

         
Dated:
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature(s)
 
   
 
  Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
   
 
   
 
  Signature Guarantee
NOTICE: The signature on this Assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Debentures in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 


 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES IN GLOBAL DEBENTURE2
          The following increases or decreases in this Global Debenture have been made:
                 
                Signature of
            Principal Amount of   authorized
    Amount of decrease   Amount of increase   this Global   signatory of
    in Principal Amount   in Principal Amount   Debenture following   Trustee or
    of this Global   of this Global   such decrease or   Securities
Date   Debenture   Debenture   increase   Custodian
 
               
 
2   For Global Debentures only

 


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF RESTRICTIVE LEGEND FOR
COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON CONVERSION3
          THE SECURITY EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT OF 1933”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE BY ACQUISITION HEREOF. THE HOLDER AGREES THAT (1) IT WILL NOT, WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE LAST DATE OF ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITY UPON THE CONVERSION OF WHICH THE COMMON STOCK EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ISSUED, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY EXCEPT (A) TO WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND WHICH CONTINUES TO BE EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER, OR (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 PROVIDED BY RULE 144 , IF AVAILABLE, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER, TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY; AND (2) THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS TRANSFERRED PURSUANT TO CLAUSE 2(B) ABOVE A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.
 
3   This legend should be included only if the Security is a Transfer Restricted Security.

 

EX-4.2
 

Exhibit 4.2
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
AS ISSUER
WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.,
AS GUARANTOR
AND
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.,
UBS SECURITIES LLC,
BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
AND
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC
AS INITIAL PURCHASERS
DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 27, 2005


 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page  
1.
  Definitions     1  
2.
  Shelf Registration     4  
3.
  Additional Interest     6  
4.
  Registration Procedures     7  
5.
  Registration Expenses     13  
6.
  Indemnification and Contribution     14  
7.
  Rule 144A     17  
8.
  Participation in Underwritten Registrations     17  
9.
  Selection of Underwriters     18  
10.
  Miscellaneous     18  


 

1

          Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2005, by and among WESCO International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with any successor entity, herein referred to as the “Issuer”), and WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Guarantor”), and Lehman Brothers Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”).
          Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated September 21, 2005, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), the Initial Purchasers have agreed to purchase from the Issuer up to $125,000,000 aggregate principal amount 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 (the “Debentures”) together with the guarantee forming a part thereof (the “Guarantee” and, together with the Debentures, the “Securities”) (or up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount if the Initial Purchasers exercise in full their option to purchase additional Debentures, as set forth in the Purchase Agreement). The Debentures initially may be convertible into fully paid, nonassessable common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Issuer (the “Common Stock”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the Indenture (as defined herein). To induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Debentures, the Issuer and the Guarantor have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
          The parties hereby agree as follows:
          1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:
          Additional Interest: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.
          Additional Interest Payment Date: Each October 15 and April 15, commencing April 15, 2006.
          Agreement: This Registration Rights Agreement, as amended, modified or otherwise supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
          Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.
          Business Day: A day other than a Saturday or Sunday or any day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
          Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.
          Commission: Securities and Exchange Commission.
          Common Stock: As defined in the preamble hereto.
          Debentures: As defined in the preamble hereto.
          Effectiveness Period: As defined in Section 2(a)(iii) hereof.


 

2

     Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof.
     Exchange Act: Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
     Guarantees: As defined in the preamble hereto.
     Guarantor: As defined in the preamble hereto.
     Holder: A Person who owns, beneficially or otherwise, Transfer Restricted Securities.
     Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 6(a) hereof.
     Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2005, among the Issuer, the Guarantor and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
     Initial Purchasers: As defined in the preamble hereto.
     Issuer: As defined in the preamble hereto.
     Majority of Holders: Registered Holders of a number of shares of the then outstanding Common Stock constituting Transfer Restricted Securities and an aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Debentures constituting Transfer Restricted Securities, such that the sum of such shares of Common Stock and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Debentures constitute in excess of 50% of the sum of all of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock constituting Transfer Restricted Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of then outstanding Debentures constituting Transfer Restricted Securities, in each case assuming that the Debentures are then convertible and that no cash is paid upon a conversion of Debentures. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, (i) any Holder may elect to make any request, notice, demand, objection or other action hereunder with respect to all or any portion of Transfer Restricted Securities held by it and only the portion as to which such action is taken shall be included in the numerator of the fraction described in the preceding sentence and (ii) Transfer Restricted Securities owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer or its Affiliates shall be deemed not to be outstanding.
     NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
     New Securities: As defined in Section 10(d).
     Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, trust, joint venture or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.


 

3

     Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.
     Purchase Agreement: As defined in the preamble hereto.
     Questionnaire: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
     Questionnaire Deadline: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.
     Record Holder: With respect to any Additional Interest Payment Date, each Person who is a Holder on the record date with respect to such Additional Interest Payment Date, which record date shall be the October 1 and April 1 immediately preceding the relevant October 15 or April 15 Additional Interest Payment Date, respectively.
     Registration Default: As defined in Section 3(a) hereof.
     Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.
     Securities Act: Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and resolutions of the Commission thereunder.
     Shelf Filing Deadline: As defined in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.
     Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.
     Suspension Notice: As defined in Section 4(c) hereof.
     Suspension Period: As defined in Section 4(b)(i) hereof.
     TIA: Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, in each case, as in effect on the date the Indenture is qualified under the TIA.
     Transfer Restricted Securities: Each of the Securities and each of the shares of Common Stock or New Securities issued upon conversion of Debentures until the earliest of, in the case of any such Securities or share(s) of Common Stock or New Securities:
     (i) the date on which holders of such Securities or such shares of Common Stock or New Securities issued upon conversion thereof may sell or transfer all such securities immediately without restriction (including without volume or manner of sale or filing restrictions) pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any other similar provision then in force);


 

4

(ii) the date on which such Securities or such shares of Common Stock or New Securities issued upon conversion thereof has been effectively registered under the Securities Act with the Shelf Registration Statement and sold pursuant thereto; or
(iii) the date when all such Securities or such shares of Common Stock or New Securities issued upon conversion have ceased to be outstanding (whether as a result of repurchase and cancellation, conversion or otherwise).
          Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which Debentures of the Issuer are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.
          2. Shelf Registration.
          (a) The Issuer and the Guarantor shall:
(i) not later than 210 days after the date hereof (the “Shelf Filing Deadline”), cause to be filed a registration statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (together with any amendments thereto, any registration statement required by Section 2(d) and including any documents incorporated by reference therein, the “Shelf Registration Statement”), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities held by Holders that have provided the information required pursuant to the terms of Section 2(b) hereof;
(ii) use reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission not later than 270 days after the date hereof (the “Effectiveness Target Date”); and
(iii) use reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it (A) is available for resales by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Agreement and (B) conforms with the requirements of this Agreement and the Securities Act for a period (the “Effectiveness Period”) ending on the earliest of:
(1) the date when the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities are able to sell all Transfer Restricted Securities immediately without volume, manner of sale, filing or other restriction under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act; or
(2) the date when all Transfer Restricted Securities are registered under the Shelf Registration Statement and sold pursuant thereto; or


 

5

     (3) the date when all Transfer Restricted Securities have ceased to be outstanding (whether as a result of repurchase and cancellation, conversion or otherwise).
          (b) To have its Transfer Restricted Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement, each Holder shall complete the Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire, the form of which is contained in Annex A to the Offering Memorandum relating to the Securities (the “Questionnaire”). The Issuer shall mail the Questionnaire to each Holder not less than 20 Business Days (but not more than 40 Business Days) prior to the time the Issuer intends in good faith to have the Shelf Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission. Holders are required to complete and deliver the Questionnaire to the Issuer within 10 Business Days prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement (the “Questionnaire Deadline”) in order to be named as selling securityholders in the Prospectus at the time that the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective. Upon receipt of a Questionnaire from a Holder on or prior to the Questionnaire Deadline, the Issuer shall include such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus. In addition, promptly upon the request of a Holder given to the Issuer at any time, the Issuer shall deliver a Questionnaire to such Holder. Any Holder that does not complete and deliver a Questionnaire prior to the Questionnaire Deadline may not be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement at the time that it is declared effective. Upon receipt of a completed Questionnaire from a Holder who did not complete and deliver a Questionnaire prior to the Questionnaire Deadline, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall, within 10 Business Days of such receipt, file such amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement or supplements to a related Prospectus as are necessary to permit such Holder to deliver such Prospectus to transferees of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, that if a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement is required (i) the Issuer and the Guarantor shall not be obligated to file more than one amendment for all such Holders in any one fiscal quarter unless the aggregate principal amount of all Transfer Restricted Securities requested to be included in such amendment or supplement by all such Holders exceeds $5,000,000.
          The Issuer will give notice to all Holders of the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by issuing a press release to Business Wire or PR Newswire.
          (c) Upon receipt of written request for additional information from the Issuer, each Holder who intends to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement shall furnish to the Issuer in writing, within five Business Days after such Holder’s receipt of such request, such additional information regarding such Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of its Transfer Restricted Securities, in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus included therein and in any application to be filed with or under state securities law, as the Issuer may reasonably request. In connection with all such requests for information from Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Issuer shall notify such Holders of the requirements set forth in this paragraph regarding their obligation to provide the information requested pursuant to this Section 2. Each Holder as to which the Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Issuer all information required to be disclosed in order to make information previously furnished to the Issuer by such Holder not materially misleading.


 

6

3. Additional Interest.
          (a) If:
     (i) the Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission prior to or on the Shelf Filing Deadline;
     (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission prior to or on the Effectiveness Target Date;
     (iii) except as provided in Section 4(b)(i) hereof, the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective but, during the Effectiveness Period, shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded within five Business Days by a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, a supplement to the Prospectus or a report filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act that cures such failure and, in the case of a post-effective amendment, is itself immediately declared effective; or
     (iv) (A) prior to or on the 45th or 60th day, as the case may be, of any Suspension Period, such suspension has not been terminated or (B) Suspension Periods exceed an aggregate of 90 days in any 360 day period,
(each such event referred to in foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Issuer and the Guarantor jointly and severally hereby agree to pay additional interest (“Additional Interest”) with respect to Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities from and including the day following the Registration Default to but excluding the day on which the Registration Default has been cured, accruing at a rate, to each holder of Securities, (x) with respect to the first 90-day period during which a Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities, and (y) with respect to the period commencing on the 91st day following the day the Registration Default shall have occurred and be continuing, equal to 0.50% per annum of the principal amount of the Securities; provided that in no event shall Additional Interest accrue at an aggregate rate per year exceeding 0.50% of the principal amount of the Securities and provided further that Additional Interest with respect to such Transferred Restricted Securities shall not accrue under more than one of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) at any one time. No Additional Interest shall be payable on any Securities that have been converted into shares of Common Stock or such Common Stock.
          (b) All accrued Additional Interest shall be paid in arrears to Record Holders by the Issuer or the Guarantor on each Additional Interest Payment Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Securities, the accrual of Additional Interest with respect to such Securities will cease. The Issuer and the Guarantor agree to deliver all notices, certificates and other documents contemplated by the Indenture in connection with the payment of Additional Interest.


 

7

          All obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor set forth in this Section 3 that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such Transfer Restricted Security shall have been satisfied in full. The Additional Interest set forth above shall be the exclusive monetary remedy available to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for such Registration Default.
          4. Registration Procedures.
          (a) In connection with the registration of the Transfer Restricted Securities, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall comply with all the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof and shall use their reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto, shall as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the Securities Act.
          (b) In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall:
     (i) Subject to any notice by the Issuer in accordance with this Section 4(b) of the existence of any fact or event of the kind described in Section 4(b)(iii)(D), use reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective during the Effectiveness Period; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the Effectiveness Period, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement, a supplement to the Prospectus or a report filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use their reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purposes as soon as practicable thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer may suspend the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by written notice to the Holders for a period not to exceed an aggregate of 45 days in any 90-day period (each such period, a “Suspension Period”) and not to exceed an aggregate of 90 days in any 360-day period if:
     (x) an event occurs and is continuing as a result of which the Shelf Registration Statement would, in the Issuer’s reasonable judgment, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and


 

8

     (y) the Issuer reasonably determines that the disclosure of such event at such time would have a material adverse effect on the business of the Issuer (and its subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole);
provided that in the event the disclosure relates to a previously undisclosed proposed or pending material business transaction or agreement, the disclosure of which would impede the Issuer’s ability to consummate such transaction or agreement, the Issuer may extend a Suspension Period from 45 days to 60 days in any 90-day period.
     (ii) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Effectiveness Period; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; provided, however, that in no event will such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering without the prior written agreement of the Issuer.
     (iii) Advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly (but in any event within five Business Days) and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing:
     (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to the Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective,
     (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto,
     (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, or
     (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event, during the Effectiveness Period, that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any


 

9

amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading.
If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time and will provide to the Initial Purchasers and each Holder who is named in the Shelf Registration Statement prompt notice of the withdrawal of any such order.
     (iv) Furnish to one counsel for the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, a copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and copies of any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus (other than documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of the Shelf Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the review of such holders and underwriter(s), if any, for a period of at least five Business Days but no more than seven Business Days (in the case of the Shelf Registration Statement and Prospectus) and at least two Business Days but no more than four Business Days (in the case of any amendment or supplement thereto), and the Issuer and the Guarantor will not file the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus (other than documents incorporated by reference) to which a selling Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object prior to the filing thereof.
     (v) In connection with an Underwritten Offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, make available at reasonable times for inspection by one or more representatives of the selling Holders, designated in writing by a Majority of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are included in the Shelf Registration Statement, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant retained by such selling Holders or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Issuer and the Guarantor as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the officers, directors, managers and employees of the Issuer and the Guarantor to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative or representatives of the selling Holders, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement after the filing thereof and before its effectiveness, provided, however, that any information


 

10

designated by the Issuer as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the recipient thereof and shall be subject, upon request of the Issuer, to the execution by such persons of a confidentiality agreement in a form that is reasonable in the context of a registered public offering.
     (vi) If requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation: (1) information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, (2) information with respect to the principal amount of Securities or number of shares of Common Stock being sold to such underwriter(s), (3) the purchase price being paid therefor and (4) any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as reasonably practicable after the Issuer is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment.
     (vii) Furnish to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, upon their request, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto (and any documents incorporated by reference therein or exhibits thereto (or exhibits incorporated in such exhibits by reference) as such Person may request).
     (viii) Deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; subject to any notice by the Issuer in accordance with this Section 4(b) of the existence of any fact or event of the kind described in Section 4(b)(iii) (D), the Issuer and the Guarantor hereby consent to the use (in accordance with applicable law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.
     (ix) The Issuer and the Guarantor shall:
     (A) upon request, furnish to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in such substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings for selling security holders, upon the date of closing of any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Registration:
     (1) a certificate, dated the date of such closing, signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Issuer covering such matters as are


 

11

customarily covered in closing certificates delivered to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings of securities;
     (2) opinions, each dated the date of such closing, of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantor covering such of the matters as are customarily covered in legal opinions to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings of securities; and
     (3) customary comfort letters, dated the date of such closing, from the independent public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantor (and from any other accountants whose report is contained or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement) in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters to underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings of securities;
         (B) set forth in full in the underwriting agreement, if any, indemnification provisions and procedures which provide rights no less protective than those set forth in Section 6 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified; and
         (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the selling Holders pursuant to this clause (ix).
         (x) Before any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor shall be required (A) to register or qualify as a foreign corporation or a dealer of securities where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject or (B) to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not now so subject.
         (xi) Cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends (unless required by applicable securities laws); and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days before any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such underwriter(s).


 

12

     (xii) Use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other U.S. governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities.
     (xiii) Subject to Section 4(b)(i) hereof, if any fact or event contemplated by Section 4(b)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, use their reasonable best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
     (xiv) Provide CUSIP numbers for all Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with certificates for the Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
     (xv) Cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD.
     (xvi) Otherwise use their reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and all reporting requirements under the Exchange Act.
     (xvii) Cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA; and execute and use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Trustee thereunder to execute all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner.
     (xviii) Cause all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to be listed or quoted, as the case may be, on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Issuer are then listed or quoted.


 

13

     (xix) Provide to each Holder upon written request each document filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement.
     (xx) If requested by the underwriters, prepare and present to potential investors customary “road show” or marketing materials in a manner consistent with other new issuances of other securities similar to the Transfer Restricted Securities.
          (c) Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice (a “Suspension Notice”) from the Issuer of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 4(b)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will, and will use their reasonable best efforts to cause any underwriter(s) in an Underwritten Offering to, forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until:
(i) such Holder has received copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 4(b)(xiii) hereof; or
(ii) such Holder is advised in writing by the Issuer that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus.
If so directed by the Issuer, each Holder will deliver to the Issuer (at the Issuer’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice of suspension.
          5. Registration Expenses.
          (a) All expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Issuer and the Guarantor shall be borne by the Issuer and the Guarantor regardless of whether a Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation:
(i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by the Initial Purchasers or any Holders with the NASD);
(ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws;
(iii) all expenses of printing (including printing of Prospectuses and certificates for the Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Securities) and the expenses of the Issuer and the Guarantor for messenger and delivery services and telephone;


 

14

     (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantor and, subject to Section 5(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities;
     (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing (or authorizing for quotation) the Common Stock on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and
     (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Issuer and the Guarantor (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).
          The Issuer and the Guarantor shall bear their internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of their officers and employees performing legal, accounting or other duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Issuer and the Guarantor.
          (b) In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, including any amendment or supplement thereto, and any other documents delivered to any Holders, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel as may be chosen by a Majority of Holders for whose benefit the Shelf Registration Statement is being prepared. The Issuer and the Guarantor shall not be required to pay any underwriting discount, commission or similar fee related to the sale of any securities.
          6. Indemnification and Contribution.
          (a) The Issuer and the Guarantor shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, such Holder’s officers, directors, partners and employees and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act (each, an “Indemnified Holder”), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to resales of the Transfer Restricted Securities), to which such Indemnified Holder may become subject, insofar as any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Indemnified Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Issuer shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf


 

15

of such Holder; provided, further, that the Issuer and the Guarantor shall not be liable for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent that it arises from (1) a sale of Transfer Restricted Securities occurring during a Suspension Period, provided that such Holder shall have received a Suspension Notice with respect to such Suspension Period prior to such sale or (2) an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in a Prospectus, if (w) the Issuer and the Guarantor had notified such Holder of such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission prior to the Holder’s first use of the Prospectus, (x) the Holder failed to deliver, at or prior to the written confirmation of sale, a Prospectus that was amended or supplemented, (y) such Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, would have corrected the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission and (z) the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, had been delivered to such Holder prior to the time of the Holder’s first use of the Prospectus. The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which the Issuer and the Guarantor may otherwise have to any Indemnified Holder.
          (b) Each Holder, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Guarantor, their officers, directors and employees and each person, if any, who controls the Issuer or any Guarantor within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Issuer, any Guarantor or any such officer, director, employee or controlling person may become subject, insofar as any such loss, claim, damage or liability or action arises out of, or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or the alleged omission to state therein any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuer by or on behalf of such Holder (or its related Indemnified Holder) specifically for use therein, and shall reimburse the Issuer, the Guarantor and any such officer, director, employee or controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuer, the Guarantor or any such officer, director, employee or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred. The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability that any Holder may otherwise have to the Issuer, the Guarantor and any such officer, employee or controlling person.
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and, provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying


 

16

party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that a Majority of Holders shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent jointly a Majority of Holders and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by a Majority of Holders against the Issuer under this Section 6, if a Majority of Holders seeking indemnification shall have been advised by legal counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to them and their respective officers, employees and controlling persons that are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer, the Guarantor and their officers, directors, employees and controlling persons, the fees and expenses of a single separate counsel shall be paid by the Issuer and the Guarantor. No indemnifying party shall:
     (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, or
     (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.
          (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 shall for any reason be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 6(a) or 6(b) in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof) referred to therein, each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof):
     (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantor from the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities on the one hand and a Holder with respect to the sale by such Holder of the Transfer Restricted Securities on the other, or
     (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (6)(d)(i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 6(d)(i) but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions or


 

17

alleged statements or alleged omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability (or action in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative benefits received by the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand and a Holder on the other with respect to such offering and such sale shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities purchased under the Purchase Agreement (net of discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand, bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities on the other. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Issuer and the Guarantor on the one hand or the Holders on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Issuer, the Guarantor and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if the amount of contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 6 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 6, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6, no Holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Transfer Restricted Securities purchased by it were resold exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 6(d) are several and not joint.
          7. Rule 144A. In the event the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A.
          8. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder:
   (i) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and


 

18

    (ii) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
          9. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering if approved by the Issuer, as provided in Section 4(b)(ii). In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by a Majority of Holders whose Transfer Restricted Securities are included in such offering; provided, that such investment bankers and managers must be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.
          10. Miscellaneous.
          (a) Remedies. The Issuer and the Guarantor acknowledge and agree that any failure by the Issuer and the Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 2 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantor under Section 2 hereof. The Issuer and the Guarantor further agree to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.
          (b) Adjustments Affecting Transfer Restricted Securities. The Issuer and the Guarantor shall not take any action with the primary purpose of adversely affecting the ability of the Holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities as a class to include such Transfer Restricted Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement.
          (c) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuer and the Guarantor will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. In addition, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall not grant to any of their security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in such capacity) the right to include any securities in the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in this Agreement other than the Transfer Restricted Securities. Except as disclosed in the Offering Memorandum, the Issuer and the Guarantor have not previously entered into any agreement (which has not expired or been terminated) granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person which rights conflict with the provisions hereof.
          (d) Amendments and Waivers. Except as provided in the next paragraph, this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuer and the Guarantor have obtained the written consent of a Majority of Holders or such greater percentage of the Holders as required by the Indenture.
     In the event of a merger or consolidation or sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer and its


 

19

subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the Issuer and the Guarantor shall procure the assumption of its obligations under this Agreement (which it is understood and agreed shall include the registration of any other securities into which the Securities or the Common Stock (the “New Securities”) have become convertible on substantially the same terms as provided for the registration of the Common Stock) by the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer and the Guarantor are merged or the Person who acquires by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Issuer and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis and this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented without the consent of any Holders to provide for such assumption of the Issuer’s and the Guarantor’ obligations hereunder (including the registration of any New Securities). Without the consent of each Holder of Securities, no amendment or modification may change the provisions relating to the payment of Additional Interest during the pendency of a Registration Default.
     Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding at the time of any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent or thereafter shall be bound by any amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 10(d), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent appears on the Transfer Restricted Securities or is delivered to such Holder.
          (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, facsimile transmission, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
     (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the registrar under the Indenture or the transfer agent of the Common Stock, as the case may be; and
     (ii) if to the Issuer or the Guarantor:
WESCO International, Inc.
225 West Station Square Drive, Suite 700
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219
Attention: Daniel A. Brailer
Telephone: 412-454-4220
Facsimile: 412-454-2595
With a copy to:
Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Nicholson Graham LLP
535 Smithfield Street
Pittsburgh, PA 15222-2312
Attention: Michael C. McLean


 

20

Telephone: 412-355-6500
Facsimile: 412-355-6501
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.
          (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that (i) this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder and (ii) nothing contained herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
          (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          (h) Securities Held by the Issuer or Its Affiliates. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Transfer Restricted Securities is required hereunder, Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Issuer or its “affiliates” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
          (i) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
          (j) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
          (k) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
          (l) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained


 

21

herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Issuer and the Guarantor with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
          In Witness Whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
    WESCO International, Inc.
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Roy W. Haley
 
       
 
      Name: Roy W. Haley
 
      Title: CEO
 
       
    WESCO Distribution, Inc.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss
 
       
 
      Name: Stephen A. Van Oss
 
      Title: Sr. VP, CFO & CAO
 
       
    Lehman Brothers Inc.
    Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
       
    For themselves and as Representatives of the other Initial Purchasers
 
       
    By: Lehman Brothers Inc.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Scott W. Mohr 
 
       
 
      Authorized Representative
 
       
    By: Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
       
 
      (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

 

EX-4.4
 

Exhibit 4.4
 
 
WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
 
INDENTURE
Dated as of September 27, 2005
 
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Trustee
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
         
ARTICLE 1 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
    2  
SECTION 1.01. Definitions
    2  
SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    22  
SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction
    23  
ARTICLE 2 The Notes
    23  
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series
    23  
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating
    24  
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication
    24  
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent
    25  
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    26  
SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists
    26  
SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange
    26  
SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes
    27  
SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes
    27  
SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes
    28  
SECTION 2.11. Cancellation
    28  
SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest
    28  
SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
    28  
ARTICLE 3 Redemption
    28  
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee
    28  
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
    29  
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption
    29  
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
    30  
- i -

 


 

         
      Page  
         
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price
    30  
SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part
    30  
SECTION 3.07. Optional Remption
    30  
SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption
    31  
ARTICLE 4 Covenants
    31  
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes
    31  
SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    31  
SECTION 4.03 144A Information
    32  
SECTION 4.04 Existence
    32  
SECTION 4.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
    32  
SECTION 4.06. SEC Reports
    32  
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Indebtedness
    33  
SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Restricted Payments
    36  
SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
    39  
SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
    40  
SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
    43  
SECTION 4.12. Change of Control
    44  
SECTION 4.13. Compliance Certificate
    45  
SECTION 4.14. Further Instruments and Acts
    46  
SECTION 4.15. Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
    46  
SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Liens
    46  
ARTICLE 5 Successor Company
    46  
SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets
    46  
ARTICLE 6 Defaults and Remedies
    48  
- ii -

 


 

         
      Page  
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default
    48  
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration
    49  
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies
    50  
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
    50  
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority
    50  
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits
    50  
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment
    51  
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
    51  
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    51  
SECTION 6.10. Priorities
    51  
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
    52  
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
    52  
ARTICLE 7 Trustee
    52  
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee
    52  
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee
    53  
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
    54  
SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
    54  
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults
    54  
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Noteholders
    55  
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
    55  
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
    56  
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger
    57  
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
    57  
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    57  
ARTICLE 8 Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
    57  
- iii -

 


 

         
      Page  
SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance
    57  
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance
    58  
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money
    59  
SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company
    59  
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations
    59  
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement
    60  
ARTICLE 9 Amendments
    60  
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Noteholders
    60  
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Noteholders
    61  
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
    62  
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
    62  
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    62  
SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments
    62  
ARTICLE 10 Subordination
    63  
SECTION 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate
    63  
SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy
    63  
SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness
    63  
SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Notes
    64  
SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over
    65  
SECTION 10.06. Subrogation
    65  
SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights
    65  
SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company
    65  
SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
    65  
SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative
    66  
SECTION 10.11. Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate
    66  
- iv -

 


 

         
      Page  
SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated
    66  
SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely
    66  
SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
    66  
SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness
    66  
SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions
    67  
SECTION 10.17. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced
    67  
ARTICLE 11 International Guarantee
    67  
SECTION 11.01. International Guarantee
    67  
SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability
    69  
SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns
    69  
SECTION 11.04. No Waiver
    69  
SECTION 11.05. Modification
    70  
ARTICLE 12 Miscellaneous
    70  
SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
    70  
SECTION 12.02. Notices
    70  
SECTION 12.03. Communication by Noteholders with Other Noteholders
    71  
SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    71  
SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
    71  
SECTION 12.06. When Notes Disregarded
    71  
SECTION 12.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
    72  
SECTION 12.08. Legal Holidays
    72  
SECTION 12.09. GOVERNING LAW
    72  
SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others
    72  
SECTION 12.11. Successors
    72  
SECTION 12.12. Multiple Originals
    72  
SECTION 12.13. Table of Contents; Headings
    72  
- v -

 


 

         
Appendix A
    Provisions Relating to Original Notes, Additional Notes, Private Exchange Notes and Exchange Notes
Exhibit A
    Form of Initial Note
Exhibit B
    Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C
    Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
- vi -

 


 

          INDENTURE dated as of September 27, 2005, among WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation, as guarantor (“International”), and J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).
          WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of (i) its 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Original Notes”), (ii) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued on any Issue Date (all such Notes in clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to collectively as the “Initial Notes”), (iii) if and when issued as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company’s 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued in a Registered Exchange Offer (as defined in the Appendix) in exchange for any Initial Notes (the “Exchange Notes”) and (iv) if and when issued as provided in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Appendix) issued in a Private Exchange (as defined in the Appendix, and together with the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued hereunder, the “Notes”), in each case, together with the guarantee forming a part thereof of International (together with the Notes, the “Securities”) having the terms, tenor, amount and other provisions hereinafter set forth, and, to provide therefor, the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. On the date hereof, $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes will initially be issued. Subject to the conditions and in compliance with the covenants set forth herein, the Company may issue Additional Notes from time to time;
          WHEREAS, International has duly authorized the International Guarantee, having the terms, tenor, amount and other provisions hereinafter set forth, and, to provide therefor, International has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and
          WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Notes, when the Notes are duly executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid obligations of the Company, and all things necessary to make the International Guarantee, when the Notes are duly executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Company, a valid obligation of International, and to make this Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company and International, in accordance with their and its terms, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issue hereunder of the Notes have in all respects been duly authorized,
          NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all holders of the Notes, as follows:

 


 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
          SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
          “Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business; (ii) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iii) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (ii) or (iii) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.
          “Additional Notes” means any 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Closing Date.
          “Adjusted Consolidated Assets” means at any time the total amount of assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves), after deducting therefrom all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items), all as set forth on the Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available prior to the date of determination.
          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 4.11.
          “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of (i) any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), (ii) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (A) a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (B) for purposes of the provisions described in Section 4.10 only, a disposition subject to Section 4.08, (C) a disposition of assets with a fair market value of less than $5,000,000, (D) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables

- 2 -


 

Transaction” to a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (E) a transfer of accounts receivables and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (F) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (G) any exchange of like property pursuant to Section 1031 of the Code for use in a Related Business, and (H) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary).
          “Attributable Debt” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate borne by the Notes, compounded annually) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).
          “Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.
          “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented, waived, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees, indemnities and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.
          “Bankruptcy Law” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
          “Blockage Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03.
          “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
          “Borrowing Base” means, as of the date of determination, an amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (i) 60% of an amount equal to (A) the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Canadian and U.S. accounts receivables less (B) any Qualified Receivables Transaction commitment; provided, however, that at such time as all Qualified Receivables Transactions have been terminated, then 85% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Canadian and U.S. accounts receivables, plus (ii) 50% of the net book value of the Company’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ inventories. Net book value shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and shall be that reflected on the most recent available balance sheet (it being understood that the accounts receivables and inventories

- 3 -


 

of an acquired business may be included if such acquisition has been completed on or prior to the date of determination).
          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
          “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.
          “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
     (i) (A) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act (except that for purposes of this clause such person shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or International;
     (ii) during any period of two consecutive years commencing on the Closing Date, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of the Company or International, as the case may be (together with any new directors whose election by such board of directors of the Company or International, as the case may be, or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company or International, as the case may be, was approved by a vote of 66-2/3% of the directors of the Company or International, as the case may be, then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the Company or International, as the case may be, then in office; or
     (iii) the merger or consolidation of the Company or International with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company or International, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company or International to another Person, and, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the securities of the Company or International that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or International are changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such transaction such securities are changed into or

- 4 -


 

exchanged for, in addition to any other consideration, securities of the surviving Person that represent immediately after such transaction, at least a majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person; provided, however, that any sale of accounts receivable in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction shall not constitute a Change of Control.
          “Change of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 4.12(b).
          “Closing Date” means the date of this Indenture.
          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities.
          “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of such determination to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that (A) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period (except that, in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (1) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness (and any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility replaced by such Indebtedness) during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period when such facility and any replaced facility was outstanding or (2) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness (and any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility replaced by such Indebtedness) during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of the calculation), (B) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has not earned the interest income actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such Indebtedness, (C) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period

- 5 -


 

shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale), (D) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period and (E) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (C) or (D) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on the first day of such period. For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company, and such pro forma calculations shall include (A)(x) the savings in cost of goods sold that would have resulted from using the Company’s actual costs for comparable goods and services during the comparable period and (y) other savings in cost of goods sold or eliminations of selling, general and administrative expenses as determined by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company in good faith in connection with the Company’s consideration of such acquisition and consistent with the Company’s experience in acquisitions of similar assets, less (B) the incremental expenses that would be included in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses that would have been incurred by the Company in the operation of such acquired assets during such period. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term as at the date of determination in excess of 12 months).
          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, the total interest expense (net of interest income) of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent Incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such period but not included in such interest expense, (i) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease

- 6 -


 

Obligations and the interest expense attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction, (ii) amortization of debt discount, (iii) capitalized interest, (iv) non-cash interest expense, (v) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges attributable to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, (vi) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (vii) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees), (viii) dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company (other than pay in kind dividends and accretions to liquidation value) to the extent held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ix) interest Incurred in connection with investments in discontinued operations and (x) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust, less, to the extent included in such total interest expense, the amortization during such period of capitalized financing costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, interest expense, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any Qualified Receivables Transaction pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” shall not be included in Consolidated Interest Expense; provided that any interest expense, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any receivables financing or securitization that does not constitute a Qualified Receivables Transaction shall be included in Consolidated Interest Expense.
          “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:
     (i) any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iv) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution made to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
     (ii) any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;
     (iii) any net income (or loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iv) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period

- 7 -


 

shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash which could have been distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the Company’s equity in a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;
     (iv) any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or its Consolidated Subsidiaries (including pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (or loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;
     (v) any extraordinary gain or loss;
     (vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and
     (vii) any expenses or charges paid to third parties related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (whether or not successful).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 4.08 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such Section pursuant to clause (a)(3)(D) thereof.
          “Consolidated Net Worth” means the total of the amounts shown on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company for which internal financial statements are available, as (i) the par or stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock of the Company plus (ii) paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock plus (iii) any retained earnings or earned surplus less (A) any accumulated deficit and (B) any amounts attributable to Disqualified Stock.
          “Consolidation” means the consolidation of the amounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP consistently applied; provided, however, that “Consolidation” shall not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.
          “Corporate Trust Office” or other similar term, means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business as it relates to this Indenture shall be administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is dated, located at J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Institutional Trust Services or at

- 8 -


 

any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company.
          “covenant defeasance option” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(b).
          “Credit Agreement” means the amended and restated credit agreement dated as of June 17, 2005 among the Company, the other Credit Parties (as defined therein) party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, for itself as lender and as agent for lenders, CIT Group/Business Credit Inc., as syndication agent and lender and the other lenders party thereto from time to time, as amended, waived, restated, supplemented, refinanced, replaced, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time.
          “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company, one or more debt facilities, or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or indentures providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against receivables), letters of credit or other long-term Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.
          “Currency Agreement” means with respect to any Person any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.
          “Custodian” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
          “Debentures” means the 2.625% Convertible Senior Debentures due 2025 issued by International under the indenture dated as of September 27, 2005 among International, the Company, as guarantor and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee.
          “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
          “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or cash equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration.
          “Designated Senior Indebtedness” of the Company means (i) the Bank Indebtedness and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture.

- 9 -


 

          “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the 91st day following the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided, however, that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Sections 4.10 and 4.12.
          “EBITDA” for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) income tax expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense, (iii) depreciation expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, (iv) amortization expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding amortization expense attributable to a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), (v) all other non-cash charges of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period) in each case for such period and (vi) income attributable to discontinued operations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.
          “Equity Offering” means a public offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or International.
          “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.
          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          “Excluded Contribution” means the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from (a) contributions to its common equity capital and (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any Company or Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial

- 10 -


 

officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold.
          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Closing Date, including those set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (iii) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and (iv) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.
          “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.
          “Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 11.01.
          “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.
          “Incur” means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall not be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness.
          “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication),
     (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

- 11 -


 

     (ii) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
     (iii) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) hereof) to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the 30th day following payment on the letter of credit so long as such letter of credit is entered into in the ordinary course of business);
     (iv) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property or services (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion of such services;
     (v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Debt of such Person;
     (vi) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);
     (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;
     (viii) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person; and
     (ix) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee.
The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; provided, however, that the amount outstanding at any time of any Indebtedness Incurred with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP. Any “Qualified Receivables Transaction,” whether or not such transfer constitutes a sale for the purposes of GAAP, shall not constitute Indebtedness hereunder; provided that any receivables financing or securitization that does not constitute a Qualified Receivables Transaction and does not qualify as a sale under GAAP shall constitute Indebtedness hereunder.

- 12 -


 

          “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.
          “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
          “Initial Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals.
          “Interest Rate Agreement” means with respect to any Person any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.
          “International Guarantee” means the Guarantee issued by International of the obligations with respect to the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          “Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.08, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
          “Issue Date”, with respect to any Initial Notes, means the date on which the Initial Notes are originally issued.
          “legal defeasance option” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01(b)
          “Legal Holiday” has the meaning specified in Section 12.08.
          “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

- 13 -


 

          “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including (a) any cash payments received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Noncash Consideration received in any Asset Disposition, (b) any cash proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and (c) any cash proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred (including, without limitation, all broker’s and finder’s fees and expenses, all investment banking fees and expenses, employee severance and termination costs, and trade payable and similar liabilities solely related to the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and required to be paid by the seller as a result thereof), and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (ii) all relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (iii) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iv) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition and (v) appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.
          “Net Cash Proceeds”, with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.
          “Noteholder” or “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.
          “Notes” has the meaning specified in the recitals.
          “1998 Notes” means the $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 issued under the 1998 Notes Indenture.
          “1998 Notes Indenture” means the indenture dated as of June 5, 1998, among the Company, International and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as successor trustee to Bank One, N.A., under which the 1998 Notes were issued.
          “Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(b).
          “Offer Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(c)(2).

- 14 -


 

          “Offer Period” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(c)(2).
          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.
          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.
          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.
          “Pay the Notes” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03.
          “Paying Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.
          “Payment Blockage Period” has the meaning specified in Section 10.03
          “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in (i) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (iii) Temporary Cash Investments; (iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; (v) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; (vi) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; (vii) stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments; (viii) any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.10; (ix) Investments made in connection with any Asset Disposition or other sale, lease, transfer or other disposition permitted under this Indenture; (x) a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related Indebtedness; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest; (xi) Investments in a Related Business having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (xi) that are at that time outstanding (and not including any Investments outstanding on the Closing Date), not to exceed 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Assets at the time of such Investments (with the fair market value of each Investment being

- 15 -


 

measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and (xii) additional Investments in an aggregate amount which, together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are then outstanding, does not exceed $10.0 million.
          “Permitted Liens” means (a) Liens of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred under the Credit Agreement or other Credit Facilities to the extent permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.07(b)(i) and (xiii); (b) Liens in favor of the Company or its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such merger or consolidation and such Liens do not extend to or cover any property other than such property, improvements thereon and any proceeds therefrom; (d) Liens of the Company securing Indebtedness of the Company Incurred under Section 4.07(b)(v); (e) Liens of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including under a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.07(b)(vi), (vii) and (viii) so long as the Capital Stock, property (real or personal) or equipment to which such Lien attaches solely consists of the Capital Stock, property or equipment which is the subject of such acquisition, purchase, lease, improvement, Sale/Leaseback Transaction and additions and improvements thereto (and the proceeds therefrom); (f) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition and such Liens do not extend to or cover any property other than such property, additions and improvements thereon and any proceeds therefrom; (g) Liens Incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return of money bonds or other obligations of alike nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business; (h) Liens existing on the Closing Date and any additional Liens created under the terms of the agreements relating to such Liens existing on the Closing Date; (i) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor; (j) Liens Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to obligations that do not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate at any one time outstanding and that (l) are not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit (other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (2) do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; (k) statutory Liens of landlords and warehousemen’s, carrier’s, mechanics’, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens (including contractual landlords’ liens) arising in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (l) Liens Incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security; (m) easements, rights of way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities i n title and other similar charges or encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (n) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters

- 16 -


 

of credit permitted under Section 4.07 which encumber only cash and marketable securities and documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof; (o) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default; (p) any interest or title of a lessor in the property subject to any Capitalized Lease Obligation permitted under Section 4.07; (q) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; (r) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness to the extent such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company not previously subjected to Liens relating to the Indebtedness being refinanced; or (s) Liens on pledges of the capital stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary securing any Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
          “Preferred Stock”, as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.
          “Principal” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note that is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.
          “Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 2.08.
          “Purchase Date” has the meaning specified in Section 4.10(c)(1).
          “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction to a Receivables Entity, which note (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors, (iv) amounts required to pay expenses in connection with such Qualified Receivables Transaction and (v) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in (a).
          “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any financing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of accounts receivable in any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which (a) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to a Receivables Entity and (b) a Receivables Entity sells, conveys or otherwise transfers to any other Person or grants a security interest to any Person in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are

- 17 -


 

customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable; provided that (i) the Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Transaction is economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Receivables Entity and (ii) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Entity are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company). The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure Bank Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction.
          “Receivables Entity” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) (i) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, (ii) which is designated by the Board of Directors (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity and (iii) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (A) is Guaranteed by the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (B) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (C) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
          “Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.
          “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date, or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness); provided, however, that (i) the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (ii) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced and (iii) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced (plus any accrued interest and premium thereon and reasonable expenses Incurred in connection therewith); provided further, however, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x)

- 18 -


 

Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Registrar” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.
          “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the exchange and registration rights agreement dated September 27, 2005 by and among the Company, International and the initial purchasers set forth therein and (ii) any other similar Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes.
          “Related Business” means any businesses of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and any business related, ancillary or complementary thereto.
          “Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.
          “Restricted Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 4.08(b).
          “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
          “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than leases between the Company and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
          “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien. “Secured Indebtedness” of International has a correlative meaning.
          “Securities” has the meaning specified in the recital.
          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          “Senior Discount Notes” means the 11-1/8% senior discount notes due 2008 issued by International under the indenture dated as of June 5, 1998 between International and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as trustee.
          “Senior Indebtedness” of the Company means the principal of, premium (if any) and accrued and unpaid interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization of the Company, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), and fees and all other amounts owing in respect of, Bank Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such obligations are not

- 19 -


 

superior in right of payment to the Notes; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (i) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary, (ii) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (iii) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (iv) any Indebtedness or obligation of the Company (and any accrued and unpaid interest in respect thereof) that by its terms is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or obligation of the Company, including any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and any Subordinated Obligations of the Company, (v) any payment obligations with respect to any Capital Stock or (vi) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture. “Senior Indebtedness” of International has a correlative meaning.
          “Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” of the Company means the 1998 Notes, the Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness. “Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” of International has a correlative meaning.
          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, but shall in no event include a Receivables Entity.
          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has determined in good faith to be customary in an accounts receivable transaction including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Entity.
          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).
          “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. “Subordinated Obligation” of International has a correlative meaning.
          “Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

- 20 -


 

          “Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.
          “Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following: (i) any investment in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, (ii) investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $100,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated “A” (or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) or any money market fund sponsored by a registered broker-dealer or mutual fund distributor, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with a financial institution meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment therein is made of “P-1” (or higher) according to Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or “A-1” (or higher) according to Standard and Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), and (v) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
          “TIA” or “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
          “Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.
          “Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.
          “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
          “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of

- 21 -


 

Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total Consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (B) if such Subsidiary has Consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.08. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.07(a) and (y) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
          “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.
          “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.
          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary
          SECTION 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:
          “Commission” means the SEC.
          “indenture securities” means the Notes and the International Guarantee.
          “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.
          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.
          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.
          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, International and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

- 22 -


 

          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
          SECTION 1.03. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
     (3) “or” is not exclusive;
     (4) “including” means including without limitation;
     (5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;
     (6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;
     (7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and
     (8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater.
ARTICLE 2
The Notes
          SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture shall not be limited. The Notes may be issued in one or more series. All Notes of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination.
          With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Closing Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10 or 3.06 or the Appendix), there shall be (i) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors and (ii) (A) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or (B) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes:
     (1) whether such Additional Notes shall be issued as part of a new or existing series of Notes and the title of such Additional Notes (which shall distinguish the Additional Notes of the series from Notes of any other series);

- 23 -


 

     (2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, which may be in an unlimited aggregate principal amount;
     (3) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue;
     (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes (as defined in the Appendix) and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Exhibit A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.3 of the Appendix in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and
     (5) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Exhibit A, but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B.
          If any of the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes.
          SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Original Notes, the Additional Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Original Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, (ii) Private Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (iii) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined in the Appendix)) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes issued other than as Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Company or International is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
          SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. One or more Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

- 24 -


 

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.
          A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
          The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Notes as set forth in the Appendix.
          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.
          SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Corporate Trust Office shall be considered as one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent, and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes and (ii) the Custodian (as defined in the Appendix) with respect to the Global Notes.
          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
          The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (1) acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (2) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (1) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08.

- 25 -


 

          SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal and interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.
          SECTION 2.06. Noteholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders.
          SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with the Appendix. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of Section 8-401(a)(l) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section. The Company shall not be required to make and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
          Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, International, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, International, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (i) the Noteholder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (ii) any Noteholder

- 26 -


 

of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.
          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
          SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Noteholder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Noteholder (i) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (ii) makes such request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Noteholder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Noteholder for their expenses in replacing a Note. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.
          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.
          The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.
          SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.
          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser.
          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date, repurchase date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed, repurchased or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

- 27 -


 

          SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes (as defined in the Appendix) are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company, without charge to the Noteholder.
          SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver canceled Notes to the Company pursuant to written direction by an Officer. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay the defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest at the rate of 7.50% per annum to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
          SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
ARTICLE 3
Redemption
          SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.
          The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section at least five Business Days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel

- 28 -


 

from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any Noteholder and shall thereby be void and of no effect.
          SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed pro rata or by lot. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Notes and portions of them that the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed.
          SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Noteholder of Notes to be redeemed at such Noteholder’s registered address.
          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:
       (1) the redemption date;
       (2) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date;
       (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
       (4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
       (5) if fewer than all of the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed;
       (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
       (7) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed;
       (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and
       (9) if applicable, that a Change of Control has occurred and the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control.

- 29 -


 

          At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.
          SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice (except as specifically provided for in Section 3.07). Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Noteholder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Noteholder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Noteholder.
          SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation.
          SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Noteholder (at the Company’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
          SECTION 3.07. Optional Remption. Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to October 15, 2010. Thereafter, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15 of the years set forth below:
         
    Redemption
Year   Price
2010
    103.750 %
2011
    102.500 %
2012
    101.250 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to October 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the notes originally issued at a redemption price of 107.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Cash

- 30 -


 

Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or the Net Cash Proceeds of one more Equity Offerings by International that are contributed to the Company as common equity capital; provided, that, at least 65% of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and provided, further, that any such redemption must occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the completion of the related Equity Offering.
          SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
          SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
          SECTION 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for redemption or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. As of the date of this Indenture, such office is located at the office of the Trustee located at J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, Worldwide Securities, 4 New York Plaza, 15th Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Institutional Trust Services and, at any other time, at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.
          The Company may also from time to time designate co-registrars and one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written

- 31 -


 

notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
          So long as the Trustee is the Registrar, the Trustee agrees to mail, or cause to be mailed, the notices set forth in Section 7.08. If co-registrars have been appointed in accordance with this Section, the Trustee shall mail such notices only to the Company and the holders of Notes it can identify from its records.
          SECTION 4.03 144A Information. The Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which International or the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, make available to any holder or beneficial holder of the Notes which continue to bear the Restricted Notes Legend (as defined in Appendix A) and any prospective purchaser of the Notes designated by such holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act upon the request of any holder or beneficial holder of the Notes, all to the extent required to enable such holder or beneficial holder to sell its Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A.
          SECTION 4.04 Existence. Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and rights (charter and statutory); provided, that, the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Noteholders.
          SECTION 4.05 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company will pay or discharge, or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same may become delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, (ii) all claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien or charge upon the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and (iii) all stamp taxes and other duties, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein in connection with the issuance, transfer, exchange, redemption or repurchase of any Notes or with respect to this Indenture; provided, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim (A) if the failure to do so will not, in the aggregate, have a material adverse impact on the Company, or (B) if the amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
          SECTION 4.06. SEC Reports. International shall continue to file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and any Noteholder or prospective Noteholder (upon the request of such Noteholder or prospective Noteholder) with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and other reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections.

- 32 -


 

          Notwithstanding that International may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, International shall file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and Noteholders (without exhibits), without cost to any Noteholder, within 15 days after the Company files them with the SEC),
(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or required in such successor or comparable form;
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form;
(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form; and
(4) any other information, documents and other reports that International would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
in each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form; provided, that International shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event International shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Noteholders, in each case, within 15 days after the time International would be required to file such information with the SEC, if it were subject to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
          SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00:1.00.
          (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.07(a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:
     (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount up to the greater of the Borrowing Base and $350 million;
     (ii) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Wholly Owned Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided, however, that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be

- 33 -


 

deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof and (B) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes;
     (iii) Indebtedness (A) represented by the Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the Exchange Notes, (B) outstanding on the Closing Date, including the Guarantee by the Company of the Debentures (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) above ), (C) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (iii) (including Indebtedness that Refinances any Refinancing Indebtedness) or Section 4.07(a) and (D) consisting of Guarantees of any Indebtedness permitted under clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b);
     (iv) (A) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided, however, if the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness of all such Restricted Subsidiaries would exceed $50 million, that on the date that such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (iv) and (B) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (iv);
     (v) Indebtedness (A) in respect of performance bonds, bankers’ acceptances, letters of credit and surety or appeal bonds provided by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business, and (B) under Hedging Obligations consisting of Interest Rate Agreements directly related (as determined in good faith by the Company) to Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture and Currency Agreements Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (vi) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) financing the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of the Person owning such assets), in each case Incurred no more than 180 days after such purchase, lease or improvement of such property and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness; provided, however, that at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (vi) and then outstanding shall not exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 7% of Adjusted Consolidated Assets;
     (vii) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company in connection with the acquisition of a Related Business and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness;

- 34 -


 

provided, however, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness Incurred and outstanding pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed $75.0 million at any one time;
     (viii) Attributable Debt Incurred by the Company in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of any such Attributable Debt Incurred and outstanding pursuant to this clause (viii) shall not exceed $75.0 million at any one time;
     (ix) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, purchase price adjustment or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;
     (x) any Guarantee by the Company of Indebtedness or other obligations of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture;
     (xi) Indebtedness arising from Guarantees to suppliers, lessors, licensees, contractors, franchisees or customers Incurred in the ordinary course of business;
     (xii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction that is not recourse to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); and
     (xiii) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or any other clause of this Section 4.07(b)) in an aggregate principal amount on the date of Incurrence that, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) and then outstanding, shall not exceed $75.0 million.
          (c) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.07, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.07 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. For purposes of determining the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.07, (i) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.07 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section permitting such Indebtedness and (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this

- 35 -


 

Section, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses.
          SECTION 4.08. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock except dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and except dividends or distributions payable to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary has equity holders other than the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries, to its other equity holders on a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of International, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment any Subordinated Obligations of the Company (other than the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations of the Company purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”) if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:
     (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);
     (2) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.07(a); or
     (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to June 5, 1998 would exceed the sum of:
     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal quarter beginning June 5, 1998 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income will be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);
     (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds or fair market value of assets or property received by the Company as a contribution to its equity capital or as an inter-company advance from International or its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (in each case other than Disqualified Stock and Excluded

- 36 -


 

Contributions) subsequent to June 5, 1998 (other than an issuance or sale to (x) a Subsidiary of the Company or (y) an employee stock ownership plan or other trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries);
     (C) the amount by which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to June 5, 1998 of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries issued after June 5, 1998, for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash or the fair market value of other property distributed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange);
     (D) the amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) since June 5, 1998 resulting from (i) payments of dividends, repayments of the principal of loans or advances or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from such Person, (ii) the sale or liquidation for cash of such Investment or (iii) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”) not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which amount was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (E) the amount of any dividends or distributions paid to International equal to the amounts required for International to pay interest/and or principal, or accreted value payments on, or to make any mandatory redemptions or repurchases in respect of the Senior Discount Notes; and
     (F) less the amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount of Net Cash Proceeds from the initial Equity Offering by International, consummated on or about May 17, 1999, received by the Company in connection with such Equity Offering, plus (y) the amount of net proceeds from the issuance of the Debentures contributed to the Company as equity capital.
       (b) The provisions of Section 4.08(a) shall not prohibit:
       (i) any Restricted Payment made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or other trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries); provided, however, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale applied in the manner set forth in this clause (i) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under Section 4.08(a)(3)(B);

- 37 -


 

     (ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Indebtedness of the Company that is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.07(b); provided, however, that such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (iii) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations of the Company from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 4.10; provided, however, that such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (iv) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with Section 4.08(a); provided, however, that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (v) any Restricted Payment made for the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Capital Stock of International, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries held by any employee, former employee, director or former director of International, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries (and any permitted transferees thereof) pursuant to any equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or plan or other similar agreement; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments shall not exceed $5.0 million in any calendar year and $20.0 million in the aggregate, in each case since the Closing Date; provided further, however, that such Restricted Payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (vi) payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts by the Company for the purposes set forth in clauses (A) through (E) below; provided, however, that such dividend, distribution or amount shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments:
     (A) to International in amounts equal to the amounts required for International to pay franchise taxes and other fees required to maintain its corporate existence and provide for other operating costs of up to $5.0 million per calendar year;
     (B) to International in amounts equal to amounts required for International to pay federal, state and local income taxes that are then actually due and owing by International to the extent such items relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (C) to International to permit International to pay any employment, noncompetition, compensation or confidentiality arrangements entered into with its employees in the ordinary course of business to the extent such employees are

- 38 -


 

primarily engaged in activities which relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries; and
     (D) to International to permit International to pay customary fees and indemnities to directors and officers of International to the extent such directors and officers are primarily engaged in activities which relate to the Company and its Subsidiaries;
     (vii) any repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such option; provided, however, that such repurchase shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with Section 4.07(b) to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense; provided, however, that such dividends shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (ix) Investments made with Excluded Contributions; provided, however, that such Investments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;
     (x) the payment of dividends or distributions to International in amounts equal to amounts required for International to pay interest/and or principal, or to make any mandatory redemptions or repurchases in respect of, the Debentures; provided, however, that such dividends or distributions shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments; and
     (xi) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $30.0 million since June 5, 1998; provided, however, that such payments shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.
            SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company, or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, except:
     (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date;
     (2) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of,

- 39 -


 

or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;
     (3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.09 or this clause (3) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.09 or this clause (3); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable to the Noteholders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreements;
     (4) in the case of clause (iii), any encumbrance or restriction (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, (B) contained in security agreements or mortgages securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements or mortgages or (C) in connection with purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business;
     (5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, any restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;
     (6) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Entity effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Entity; and
     (7) any encumbrance or restriction existing pursuant to other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.07; provided, however, that any such encumbrance or restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being Incurred (under the relevant circumstances).
            SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, (ii) at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash equivalents (provided that the amount of (w) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of

- 40 -


 

any such assets without recourse to the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) any notes or other obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition, (y) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (y), not to exceed 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and (z) any assets received in exchange for assets related to a Related Business of comparable market value in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision) and (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) (A) first, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness (other than any Disqualified Stock and other than any Preferred Stock) of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) within 365 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; (B) second, to the extent of the balance of Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A), to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; and (C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an Offer (as defined below) to purchase Notes pursuant to and subject to the conditions of Section 4.10(b); provided, however, that if the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company), such Offer may be made ratably to purchase the Notes and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this Section 4.10(a) except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions that is not applied in accordance with this Section 4.10(a) exceeds $20.0 million.
          (b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to Section 4.10(a)(iii)(C), the Company shall be required to purchase Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription), set forth in Section 4.10(c). If the aggregate purchase price of

- 41 -


 

Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of the Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company), the Company may apply the remaining Net Available Cash for any purpose permitted by the terms of this Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to this Section 4.10 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in clauses (A) and (B) of Section 4.10(a)(iii)) is less than $10.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amount shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition).
          (c) (1) Promptly, and in any event within 30 days after the Company becomes obligated to make an Offer, the Company shall be obligated to deliver to the Trustee and send, by first-class mail to each Noteholder, a written notice stating that the Noteholder may elect to have his Notes purchased by the Company either in whole or in part (subject to prorating as hereinafter described in the event the Offer is oversubscribed) in integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount, at the applicable purchase price. The notice shall specify a purchase date not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the date of such notice (the “Purchase Date”) and shall contain or incorporate by reference such information concerning the business of the Company which the Company in good faith believes will enable such Noteholders to make an informed decision and all instructions and materials necessary to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer, together with the address referred to in clause (3).
          (2) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Offer (the “Offer Amount”), (ii) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset Dispositions pursuant to which such Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.10(a). On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be invested in Temporary Cash Investments and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Noteholder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount applicable to the Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company), the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section 4.10.
          (3) Noteholders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Noteholders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter

- 42 -


 

setting forth the name of the Noteholder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Noteholder for purchase and a statement that such Noteholder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal amount of Notes and any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company included in the Offer surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). Noteholders whose Notes are purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.
          (4) At the time the Company delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Noteholder.
          (d) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.
          SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above.
          (b) The provisions of Section 4.11(a) shall not prohibit (i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.08, (ii) any issuance of securities, or other payments, Guarantees, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iii) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practices of the Company,

- 43 -


 

but in any event not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time, (v) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (vi) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries, (vii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction, (viii) any payment by the Company to International to permit International to pay any Federal, state, local or other taxes that are then actually due and owing by International, (ix) indemnification agreements with, and the payment of fees and indemnities to, directors, officers and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in the ordinary course of business, (x) any employment, compensation, noncompetition or confidentiality agreement entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with its employees in the ordinary course of business, (xi) any issuance of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), (xii) any agreement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any amendment or replacement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Noteholders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Closing Date and (xiii) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a).
          SECTION 4.12. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless all Notes have been called for redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, each Noteholder shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Noteholder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with Section 4.12(b). Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to below, but in any event within 30 days following the date on which the Company becomes aware that a Change of Control has occurred, if the purchase of the Notes would violate or constitute a default under any other Indebtedness of the Company, then the Company shall, to the extent needed to permit such purchase of Notes, either (i) repay all such Indebtedness and terminate all commitments outstanding thereunder or (ii) request the holders of such Indebtedness to give the requisite consents to permit the purchase of the Notes as provided below. Until such time as the Company is able to repay all such Indebtedness and terminate all commitments outstanding thereunder or such time as such requisite consents are obtained, the Company shall not be required to make the Change of Control Offer or purchase the Notes pursuant to the provisions described below.
          (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless all Notes have been called for redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, the Company shall mail a notice to each Noteholder with a copy to the Trustee (the “Change of Control Offer”) stating:
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Noteholder has the right to require the Company to purchase such Noteholder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 10l% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of

- 44 -


 

record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);
      (2) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control;
      (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and
      (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section, that a Noteholder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.
            (c) Noteholders electing to have a Note repurchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the repurchase date. Noteholders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the repurchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Noteholder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for repurchase by the Noteholder and a statement that such Noteholder is withdrawing his election to have such Note repurchased.
            (d) On the repurchase date, all Notes repurchased by the Company under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the Noteholders entitled thereto.
            (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.12(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
            (f) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.
            SECTION 4.13. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the Company’s activities during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, whether to the best of such Officer’s knowledge the Company during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every such covenant contained in this Indenture and that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have

- 45 -


 

knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do know of any Default, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA.
          SECTION 4.14. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
          SECTION 4.15. Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of its Capital Stock except: (i) to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or to any director of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent required as director’s qualifying shares; (ii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, sale or other disposition, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) if, immediately after giving effect to such issuance or sale, such Restricted Subsidiary would no longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary and any Investment in such Person remaining after giving effect thereto would have been permitted to be made under Section 4.08 if made on the date of such issuance, sale or other disposition. The provisions of this Section 4.15 shall not prohibit any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction. The proceeds of any sale of such Capital Stock permitted hereby shall be treated as Net Available Cash from an Asset Disposition and shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.
          SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, Incur or permit to exist any Lien of any nature whatsoever that secures Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or Subordinated Obligations of the Company on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary), whether owned at the Closing Date or thereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens, without effectively providing that the Notes shall be secured equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to in the case of Subordinated Obligations of the Company) the obligations so secured for so long as such obligations are so secured.
ARTICLE 5
Successor Company
          SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:
     (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a corporation, partnership, trust or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form

- 46 -


 

satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;
     (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, (A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;
     (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Successor Company shall have Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and
     (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.
          The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.
          Notwithstanding clause (iii) above, a Wholly Owned Subsidiary may be consolidated with or merged into the Company and the Company may consolidate with or merge with or into (A) another Person, if such Person is a single purpose corporation that has not conducted any business or Incurred any Indebtedness or other liabilities and such transaction is being consummated solely to change the state of incorporation of the Company and (B) International; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (B), (x) International shall not have owned any assets other than the Capital Stock of the Company (and other immaterial assets incidental to its ownership of such Capital Stock) or conducted any business other than owning the Capital Stock of the Company, (y) International shall not have any Indebtedness or other liabilities (other than Indebtedness that has been Guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company and ordinary course liabilities incidental to its ownership of the Capital Stock of the Company) and (z) immediately after giving effect to such consolidation or merger, the Successor Company shall have a pro forma Consolidated Coverage Ratio that is not less than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation or merger.

- 47 -


 

ARTICLE 6
Defaults and Remedies
     SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if:
     (1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;
     (2) the Company (i) defaults in the payment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption, upon declaration or otherwise, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or (ii) fails to redeem or repurchase Notes when required pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes, whether or not such redemption or repurchase shall be prohibited by Article 10;
     (3) the Company fails to comply with Section 5.01;
     (4) the Company fails to comply with Section 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13 or 4.14 (other than a failure to purchase Notes when required under Section 4.10 or 4.12) and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice specified below;
     (5) the Company fails to comply with any of its agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below;
     (6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $35 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time and such failure continues for 10 days after the notice specified below;
     (7) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
     (A) commences a voluntary case;
     (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;
     (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or
     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

- 48 -


 

     (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
     (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
     (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or
     (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;
or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or
     (9) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of $35 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time is entered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged, waived or stayed and either (A) an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree or (B) there is a period of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed and such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed within 10 days after the notice specified below.
          The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.
          The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
          A Default under clause (4), (5), (6) or (9) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”.
          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (4), (5), (6) or (9), its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
          SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Company, may declare the principal of and

- 49 -


 

accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. The Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.
          SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.
          SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (ii) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (iii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.
          SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
          SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Noteholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

- 50 -


 

     (1) the Noteholder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;
     (2) the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
     (3) such Noteholder or Noteholders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;
     (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and
     (5) the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.
          A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder.
          SECTION 6.07. Rights of Noteholders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Noteholder to receive payment of principal of and additional interest and interest on the Notes held by such Noteholder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Noteholder.
          SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.
          SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, International, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Noteholders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Noteholder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.
          SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:
          FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

- 51 -


 

     SECOND: to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to the extent required by Article 10;
     THIRD: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, and any additional interest without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, any additional interest and interest, respectively; and
     FOURTH: to the Company.
           The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.
           SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Noteholder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Noteholders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes or to any suit instituted by any holder of Notes for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Notes on or after the due date expressed in such Notes.
           SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. Neither the Company nor International (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and International (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE 7
Trustee
           SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.
           (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

- 52 -


 

     (1) the Trustee need only perform such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:
    (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;
    (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
    (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
          (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
          (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
          (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
          (h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.
          SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

- 53 -


 

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
          (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.
          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.
          (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
          (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.
          (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.
          SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.
          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
          SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
          SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. (a) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default, other than a payment default, unless a Trust Officer shall have been advised in writing that a Default has occurred. No duty imposed upon the Trustee in this Indenture shall be applicable with respect to any Default of which the Trustee is not deemed to have notice.

- 54 -


 

          (b) If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the redemption provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Noteholders.
          SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Noteholders. As promptly as practicable after each June 30, beginning with the June 30 following the first anniversary of the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to August 31 in each subsequent year, the Trustee shall, to the extent that any of the events described in TIA § 313(a) occurred within the previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of June 30 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA.
          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
          SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company and International, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee, and hold it harmless, against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by or in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes or the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company or International of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Company and International, as applicable, shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and International, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct and negligence.
          To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than

- 55 -


 

money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest and any additional interest on particular Notes.
          The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.
          SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:
    (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
    (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
    (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
    (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
          If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Noteholders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.
          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.
          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

- 56 -


 

          SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
          SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.
          SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated.
ARTICLE 8
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
          SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.08) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant to Article 3 hereof, and the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee funds or U.S. Government Obligations on which payment of principal and interest when due will be sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.08), and if in either case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company.
          (b) Subject to Sections 8.01 (c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“legal defeasance option”)

- 57 -


 

or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 and the operation of Section 5.01(iii), 5.01(iv), 6.01(4), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only), 6.01(8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) and 6.01(9) (“covenant defeasance option”). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Company terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture by exercising its legal defeasance option, the obligations under the International Guarantee shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.
           If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(4), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) or 6.01(8) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Company only) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section 5.01.
           Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.
           (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall survive.
           SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:
     (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
     (3) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;
     (4) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company and is not prohibited by Article 10;

- 58 -


 

     (5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940;
     (6) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;
     (7) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and
     (8) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.
          Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3.
           SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10.
           SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.
           Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.
           SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

- 59 -


 

           SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Noteholders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
Amendments
           SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Noteholders. The Company, International and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder:
     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
     (2) to comply with Article 5;
     (3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;
     (4) to make any change in Article 10 that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness (or Representatives therefor) under Article 10;
     (5) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes;
     (6) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;
     (7) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA;
     (8) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder;
     (9) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, Private Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Original Notes (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the

- 60 -


 

Original Notes shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Original Notes, as a single issue of securities.
      (10) to provide for a successor trustee; or
      (11) to make any changes or modifications necessary in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes as contemplated in the Registration Rights Agreement; provided, that, such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders in any material respect.
            An amendment under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
            After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
            SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Noteholders. The Company, International and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), without notice to any other Noteholder. However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not:
      (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Noteholders must consent to an amendment;
      (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest or any additional interest on any Note;
      (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;
      (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with Article 3;
      (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;
      (6) make any change in Article 10 that adversely affects the rights of any Noteholder under Article 10;
      (7) impair the right of a Noteholder to institute suit for payment of any Notes; or
      (8) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02.

- 61 -


 

            It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
            An amendment under this Section 9.02 may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.
            After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.
            SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.
            SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Noteholder of a Note shall bind the Noteholder and every subsequent Noteholder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Noteholder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Noteholder or subsequent Noteholder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Noteholder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once both (i) the requisite number of consents have been received by the Company or the Trustee and (ii) such amendment or waiver has been executed by the Company and the Trustee.
            The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Noteholders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.
            SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Noteholder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Noteholder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.
            SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the

- 62 -


 

rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and International enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03).
ARTICLE 10
Subordination
            SECTION 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company agrees, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. For purposes of this Article 10, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be deemed to include the additional interest payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.
            SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:
      (1) holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of such Senior Indebtedness before the Noteholders shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of, interest, premium (if any) or additional interest on the Notes; and
      (2) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full in cash or cash equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Noteholders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.
            SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness. The Company may not pay the principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the Notes, or any additional interest payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement, or make any deposit pursuant to Section 8.01 and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if (i) any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is not paid in cash or cash equivalents when due or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior

- 63 -


 

Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, (x) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (y) such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents; provided, however, that the Company may pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which either of the events set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of this sentence has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a default described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company may not pay the Notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) by repayment in full in cash or cash equivalents of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or (iii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing). Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company may resume payments on the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company during such period; provided, however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company other than the Bank Indebtedness, the Representative of the Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360-consecutive day period. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.
            SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or their Representative) of the acceleration. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding, the Company may not pay the Notes until five Business Days after such holders or the Representative of the Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Notes only if this Article 10 otherwise permits payment at that time.

- 64 -


 

            SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution is made to Noteholders that because of this Article 10 should not have been made to them, the Noteholders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
            SECTION 10.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Noteholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Noteholders is not, as between the Company and Noteholders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness.
            SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights. This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Noteholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
      (1) impair, as between the Company and Noteholders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on and additional interest in respect of, the Notes in accordance with their terms; or
      (2) prevent the Trustee or any Noteholder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to Noteholders.
            SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.
            SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding Section 10.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Company, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.
            The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.

- 65 -


 

            SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).
            SECTION 10.11. Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Noteholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.
            SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Noteholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of the Company.
            SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Noteholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10.
            SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Noteholder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Noteholders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
            SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or

- 66 -


 

distribute to Noteholders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.
            SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Noteholder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.
            SECTION 10.17. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other sections of this Indenture.
ARTICLE 11
International Guarantee
            SECTION 11.01. International Guarantee. International hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, to each Noteholder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on and additional interest in respect of the Notes when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). International further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from International, and that International shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.
            International waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. International waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of International hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of any Noteholder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Noteholder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Noteholder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (f) any change in the ownership of International, except as provided in Section 11.02(b).

- 67 -


 

            International hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Company first be used and depleted as payment of the Company’s or International’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by International hereunder. International hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to an action being initiated against International.
            International further agrees that its International Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Noteholder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.
            The International Guarantee shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of International and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.
            Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01 (b) and 11.02, the obligations of International hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of International herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Noteholder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of International or would otherwise operate as a discharge of International as a matter of law or equity.
            International agrees that its International Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. International further agrees that its International Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Noteholder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.
            In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Noteholder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against International by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, International hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Noteholders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to the Noteholders and the Trustee.

- 68 -


 

            International agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Noteholders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all Senior Indebtedness. International further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Noteholders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of the International Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by International for the purposes of this Section 11.01.
            International also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Noteholder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.
            Upon request of the Trustee, International shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
            SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability. (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum, aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by International shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to International, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
            (b) This International Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and International shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this Article 11 upon the merger or consolidation of International with or into any Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company where International is not the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger; provided, however, that each such merger or consolidation shall comply with Section 5.01. At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.
            SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall be binding upon International and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Noteholders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Noteholder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.
            SECTION 11.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Noteholders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Noteholders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any

- 69 -


 

other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
            SECTION 11.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by International therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on International in any case shall entitle International to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
ARTICLE 12
Miscellaneous
            SECTION 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.
            SECTION 12.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:
     
 
  if to the Company:
 
   
 
  WESCO Distribution, Inc.
 
  Commerce Court, Suite 700
 
  Four Station Square
 
  Pittsburgh, PA 15219
 
   
 
  Attention: Daniel A. Brailer, Corporate Secretary
 
   
 
  if to the Trustee:
 
   
 
  J.P. Morgan Trust Company,
 
  National Association
 
  227 W. Monroe, Suite 2600
 
  Chicago, IL 60606
 
   
 
  Attention: Corporate Trust Department
            The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
            Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

- 70 -


 

            Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
            SECTION 12.03. Communication by Noteholders with Other Noteholders. Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
            SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:
      (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
      (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
            SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
      (1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
      (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
      (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
      (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
            SECTION 12.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Noteholders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, International or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or International shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

- 71 -


 

            SECTION 12.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.
            SECTION 12.08. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or the State of Ohio. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
            SECTION 12.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
            SECTION 12.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
            SECTION 12.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and International in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
            SECTION 12.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.
            SECTION 12.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
            SECTION 12.14. Indenture, Notes and Guarantee Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes, or under any Guarantee, or for any claim based upon any Notes or Guarantee or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Notes or Guarantee, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, member, manager, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or of any successor thereto, either directly or through the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries or any successor thereto, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

- 72 -


 

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.
             
    WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., as Issuer
 
           
[CORPORATE SEAL]
           
    By:     /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss
         
 
      Name:   Stephen A. Van Oss
 
      Title:   Senior Vice President and Chief
 
          Financial and Administrative Officer
 
           
    WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC., as Guarantor
 
           
[CORPORATE SEAL]
           
    By:     /s/ Roy W. Haley
         
 
      Name:   Roy W. Haley
 
      Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
           
    J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Carol Ng 
         
 
      Name:   Carol Ng 
 
      Title:   Vice President

- 73 -


 

APPENDIX A
PROVISIONS RELATING TO ORIGINAL NOTES,
ADDITIONAL NOTES, PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES AND
EXCHANGE NOTES
            1. Definitions
            1.1 Definitions
            For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
                  “Agent Members” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b).
                  “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
                  “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.
                  “Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.
                  “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.
                  “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.
                  “Euroclear” means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.
                  “Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).
                  “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in Exhibit A to this Indenture.
                  “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
                  “IAI Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).

 


 

                  “Initial Purchasers” means Goldman, Sachs & Co., Lehman Brothers Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC.
                  “Private Exchange” means an offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Agreement, to issue and deliver to certain purchasers, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by such purchasers as part of their initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes.
                  “Private Exchange Notes” means the Notes of the Company issued in exchange for Initial Notes pursuant to this Indenture in connection with a Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration Agreement.
                  “Purchase Agreement” means (i) the Purchase Agreement dated September 22, 2005, among the Company, International and the Initial Purchasers and (ii) any other similar Purchase Agreement relating to Additional Notes.
                  “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
                  “Registered Exchange Offer” means an offer by the Company, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act.
                  “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated September 27, 2005, among the Company, International and the Initial Purchasers and (ii) any other similar Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes.
                  “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.
                  “Regulation S Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).
                  “Regulation S Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.
                  “Restricted Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the Issue Date with respect to such Notes.
                  “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) herein.
                  “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
                  “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
                  “Rule 144A Global Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).

- 2 -


 

                  “Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.
                  “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
                  “Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes pursuant to a Registration Agreement.
                  “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
            2. The Notes
            2.1 Form and Dating. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Company from time to time pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements in accordance with applicable law.
                  (a) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. One or more global securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”) shall also be issued on the Closing Date, deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note or any other Note without a Restricted Notes Legend until the expiration of the Restricted Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” Subject to the terms of this Indenture, the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided.
                  (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

- 3 -


 

                  The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1 (b) and pursuant to an order of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.
                  Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.
                  (c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Notes.
            2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (1) Original Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million, (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an unlimited aggregate principal amount and (3) the (A) Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer and (B) Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Private Exchange, in the case of each of (A) and (B) pursuant to a Registration Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be outstanding at any time is unlimited. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix or otherwise in this Indenture, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Closing Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $50 million, whether such Additional Notes are of the same or a different series than the Original Notes.
            2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:
            (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or
            (y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

- 4 -


 

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:
      (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Noteholder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
      (ii) are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
      (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Noteholder for registration in the name of such Noteholder, without transfer, a certification from such Noteholder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or
      (B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or
      (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i).
                  (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with:
      (i) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is being transferred (A) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) to an IAI that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C or (C) outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; and
      (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate

- 5 -


 

principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global Notes are then outstanding and the Global Note has not been previously exchanged for certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.
                  (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Restricted Period, will be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S or (if available) Rule 144 under the Securities Act and that, if such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the interest transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either the Regulation S Global Note or the Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Trustee.
      (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.
      (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the

- 6 -


 

Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
      (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.
                  (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (A) to the Company, (B) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (C) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (D) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act, (E) to an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000 or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Note or the IAI Global Note will be made only in accordance with Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Initial Note to the effect that such transfer is being made to (i) a person whom the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (ii) an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000. Such written certification will no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Trustee.
      (ii) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note will be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this Indenture.

- 7 -


 

                  (e) Legend.
      (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only):
“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.
      THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER

- 8 -


 

INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
            Each Definitive Note will also bear the following additional legend:
“IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”
      (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Noteholder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Noteholder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note).
      (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or such Private Exchange Notes will cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or such Private Exchange Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply.
      (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Noteholders of such Initial Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend will be available to Noteholders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer.
      (v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes are offered Private Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form will continue to apply, and Private Exchange Notes in global form with the Restricted Notes Legend will be available to Noteholders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Private Exchange.

- 9 -


 

      (vi) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend will cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form will continue to apply.
      (vii) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
                  (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
                  (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.
      (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.
      (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.10, 4.12 and 9.05 of the Indenture).
      (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
      (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

- 10 -


 

(h) No Obligation of the Trustee.
      (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Noteholders and all payments to be made to Noteholders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered Noteholders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
      (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
            2.4 Definitive Notes.
            (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of certificated Notes under this Indenture.
            (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall

- 11 -


 

authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Initial Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e), bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
            (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the registered Noteholder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Noteholder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.
            (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.

- 12 -


 

EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Global Notes Legend]
            UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
            TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
[Restricted Notes Legend]
            “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.
            THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED

 


 

INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”
            Each Definitive Note will also bear the following additional legend:
            “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

- 2 -


 

No.   $                    
7.50% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017
CUSIP No. ________
            WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum [of                      Dollars] [, as revised by on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1 on October 15, 2017.
            Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15.
            Record Dates: April 1 and October 1.
            Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
            This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.
            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.
             
    WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.,
 
           
 
      By:    
 
           
 
          Name:
[SEAL]
          Title:
 
           
Dated:
           
 
1   Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form.

 


 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
             
J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,    
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,    
 
      as Trustee, certifies that this is one of    
 
      the Notes referred to in the Indenture.    
By:
           
         
    Authorized Signatory    

 


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
7.50% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017
1. Interest
            (a) WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from September 27, 2005. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
            (b) Additional Interest. The holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2005, among the Company, WESCO International, Inc. (“International”) and the Initial Purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this paragraph (b) but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Rights Agreement. If (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable under the Registration Rights Agreement, is not filed with the Commission on or prior to 210 days after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or applicable interpretations of the Commission’s staff, if later, within 45 days after publication of the change in law or interpretations, but in no event before 210 days after the Issue Date), (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is not declared effective within 270 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretations of Commission’s staff, if later, within 90 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation, but in no event before 270 days after the Issue Date), (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to 300 days after the Issue Date (other than in the event the Company files a Shelf Registration Statement), or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective within 270 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretations of Commission’s staff, if later, within 90 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation, but in no event before 270 days after the Issue Date) but shall thereafter cease to be effective (at any time that the Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within 90 days by an additional Registration Statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company shall pay additional interest to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, during the period of one or more such Registration Default, in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes held by such Holder until (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is filed, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer is consummated, (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, as the case may be. All accrued additional interest shall be paid to holders in the same manner as interest payments on the Notes on semi-annual payment dates which correspond to interest

 


 

payment dates for the Notes. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of additional interest will cease. The Trustee shall have no responsibility with respect to the determination of the amount of any such additional interest. For purposes of the foregoing, “Transfer Restricted Notes” means (i) each Initial Note until the date on which such Initial Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) each Initial Note or Private Exchange Note until the date on which such Initial Note or Private Exchange Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) each Initial Note or Private Exchange Note until the date on which such Initial Note or Private Exchange Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.
2. Method of Payment
            The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of the Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if the Notes are cancelled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender the Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Noteholder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Noteholder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Noteholder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
            Initially, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
4. Indenture
            The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 27, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, International and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings

- 2 -


 

ascribed thereto in the Indenture (except as specifically provided in Section 1(b)). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.
     The Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the Original Notes referred to in the Indenture issued in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million. The Notes include the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Notes. The Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make asset sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the property of the Company.
     To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, International has unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
     Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to October 15, 2010. Thereafter, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on October 15 of the years set forth below:
         
    Redemption
Year   Price
2010
    103.750 %
2011
    102.500 %
2012
    101.250 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to October 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price of 107.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Cash

- 3 -


 

Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or the Net Cash Proceeds of one more Equity Offerings by International that are contributed to the Company as common equity capital; provided, that, at least 65% of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and provided, further, that any such redemption must occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the completion of the related Equity Offering.
6. Mandatory Redemption
     The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or payments with respect to the Notes.
7. Notice of Redemption
     Subject to Section 5 above, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Noteholder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Noteholders upon Change of Control
     Upon a Change of Control, any Noteholder of Notes will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Noteholder at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.
9. Subordination
     The Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness of the Company must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Company and International agree, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
10. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange
     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Noteholder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the

- 4 -


 

Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
11. Persons Deemed Owners
     The registered Noteholder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
12. Unclaimed Money
     If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Noteholders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
13. Discharge and Defeasance
     Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
14. Amendment, Waiver
     Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended without prior notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder of Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iv) to make any change in the subordination provisions of the Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or any representative thereof) under such subordination provisions; (v) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes; (vi) to add additional covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in connection with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, the Indenture under the TIA; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder; or (ix) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, Private Exchange Notes or Additional Notes; (x) to provide for a successor trustee; or (xi) to make any changes or modifications necessary in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes as contemplated in the

- 5 -


 

Registration Rights Agreement; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders in any material respect.
15. Defaults and Remedies
     If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. Under certain circumstances, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Noteholders unless such Noteholders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Noteholder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such Noteholder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Noteholders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Noteholder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
16. Trustee Dealings with the Company
     Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

- 6 -


 

17. No Recourse Against Others
     A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or International shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
18. Authentication
     This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
19. Abbreviations
     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
20. GOVERNING LAW
     THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
21. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
     Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
     The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note.

- 7 -


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
     (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
     (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint ___agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
                 
Date:
      Your Signature:        
 
               
 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 


 

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF
TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
This certificate relates to $_______ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ______ book-entry or _______ definitive form by the undersigned.
The undersigned (check one box below):
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above);
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
  (1)   to the Company; or
 
  (2)   pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
  (3)   inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
  (4)   outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
  (5)   to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or

 


 

  (6)   pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.
             
 
      Your Signature    
 
           
Signature Guarantee:        
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee       Signature of Signature
    Guarantee
   
 
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
             
Dated:
           
 
           
 
          NOTICE: To be executed by
    an executive officer
   

- 2 -


 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SENIOR
SUBORDINATED NOTE
     The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $[      ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:
                                 
    Amount of decrease in     Amount of increase in     Principal amount of this     Signature of authorized  
    Principal Amount of this     Principal Amount of     Global Note following     signatory of Trustee or  
Date of Exchange   Global Note     this Global Note     such decrease or increase     Custodian  
 
                               

 


 

OPTION OF NOTEHOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.12 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:
Asset Sale       Change of Control
     If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount:
                 
$
               
 
               
Date:
      Your Signature:        
 
               
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)    
     
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
 
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee

 


 

EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
     
No.   $_____
7.50% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017
     
    CUSIP No.___
     WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum [of _______ Dollars] [, as revised by the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]2 on October 15, 2017.
     Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15.
     Record Dates: April 1 and October 1.
     Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.
     This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.
             
    WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.,    
 
           
[SEAL]
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
Dated:
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
2   Use the Schedule of Increases and Decreases language if Note is in Global Form.

 


 

     TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
     J.P. MORGAN TRUST COMPANY,
     NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
          as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
          the Notes referred to in the Indenture.
             
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      Authorized Signatory    
 
*/   If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES — SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”.

- 2 -


 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
7.50% Senior Subordinated Note due 2017
1. Interest.
     WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from September 27, 2005. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
2. Method of Payment.
     The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Noteholders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Noteholder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a Noteholder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Noteholder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).
3. Paying Agent and Registrar.
     Initially, J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, a national banking association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
4. Indenture.
     The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of September 27, 2005 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, International and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the

 


 

Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.
     The Notes are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture issued in an aggregate principal amount of $150 million. The Notes include the Original Notes, the Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Original Notes, the Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the property of the Company.
     To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, International has unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption.
     Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Notes will not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to October 15, 2010. Thereafter, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest (if any) to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 1 of the years set forth below:
         
    Redemption
Year   Price
2010
    103.750 %
2011
    102.500 %
2012
    101.250 %
2013 and thereafter
    100.000 %
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time prior to October 15, 2008, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to an aggregate of 35% of the notes originally issued at a redemption price of 107.500% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued

- 2 -


 

and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company or the Net Cash Proceeds of one more Equity Offerings by International that are contributed to the Company as common equity capital; provided, that, at least 65% of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and provided, further, that any such redemption must occur within 120 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering. Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the redemption thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the completion of the related Equity Offering.
6. Mandatory Redemption.
     The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or payments with respect to the Notes.
7. Notice of Redemption.
     Subject to Section 5, above, notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Noteholder of Notes to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
8. Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Senior Subordinated Noteholders upon Change of Control
     Upon a Change of Control, any Noteholder of Notes will have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Notes of such Noteholder at a purchase price equal to 101 % of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Noteholders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.
9. Subordination.
     The Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness of the Company must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Company and International agree, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

- 3 -


 

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.
     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Noteholder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.
11. Persons Deemed Owners.
     The registered Noteholder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.
12. Unclaimed Money.
     If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Noteholders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
13. Discharge and Defeasance.
     Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
14. Amendment, Waiver.
     Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended without prior notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Noteholders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder of Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iv) to make any change in the subordination provisions of the Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or any representative thereof) under such subordination provisions; (v) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes; (vi) to add additional covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vii) to comply with the requirements of

- 4 -


 

the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, the Indenture under the TIA; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder; (ix) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes, Private Exchange Notes, or Additional Notes; (x) to provide for a successor trustee; or (xi) to make any changes or modifications necessary in connection with the registration of the Exchange Notes as contemplated in the Registration Rights Agreement; provided that such change or modification does not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders in any material respect.
15. Defaults and Remedies.
     If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. Under certain circumstances, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Noteholders unless such Noteholders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Noteholder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such Noteholder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) Noteholders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Noteholders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Noteholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Noteholder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
16. Trustee Dealings with the Company.
     Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and

- 5 -


 

may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
17. No Recourse Against Others.
     A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or International shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.
18. Authentication.
     This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.
19. Abbreviations.
     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common); CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
20. GOVERNING LAW.
     THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
21. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.
     Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
     The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note.

- 6 -


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint _______ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
 
                 
Date:
      Your Signature:        
 
               
 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. Signature
must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.

 


 

OPTION OF NOTEHOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
     If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.12 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, check the box:
Asset Sale       Change of Control
     If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.12 of the Indenture, state the amount:
                 
$
               
 
               
Date:
      Your Signature:        
 
               
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)    
     
Signature Guarantee:
   
 
   
 
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.

 


 

EXHIBIT C
Form of
Transferee Letter of Representation
WESCO Distribution, Inc.
In care of
J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association
[Address]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $______ principal amount of the 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Notes”) of WESCO Distribution, Inc. (the “Company”).
     Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
         
Name:
       
 
       
 
       
Address:
       
 
       
 
       
Taxpayer ID Number:
       
 
       
     The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:
     1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase Notes similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
     2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction

 


 

complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor”, in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.
                     
    TRANSFEREE:       ,  
 
                   
    by:            

 

EX-4.5
 

Exhibit 4.5
WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.
$150,000,000
7.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017
EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
September 27, 2005
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
As representatives of the several Initial Purchasers
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 7th Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Ladies and Gentlemen:
          WESCO Distribution, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“Goldman”), Lehman Brothers Inc. (“Lehman”), UBS Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC and Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (together with Goldman and Lehman, the “Initial Purchasers”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement dated September 22, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”), $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Securities”) to be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by WESCO International, Inc. (the “Guarantor”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
          As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantor agree with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders (including the Initial Purchasers) of the Securities, the Exchange Securities (as defined herein) and the Private Exchange Securities (as defined herein) (collectively, the “Holders”), as follows:
          1. Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantor shall (i) prepare and, not later than 210 days following the date of original issuance of the Securities (the “Issue Date”), file with the Commission a registration statement (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”) on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Securities (the “Registered Exchange Offer”) to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the “Exchange Securities”) that are identical in all material respects to the Securities, except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Securities, (ii) use their

 


 

reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act no later than 270 days after the Issue Date and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than 300 days after the Issue Date and (iii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders (such period being called the “Securities Exchange Offer Registration Period”). The Exchange Securities will be issued under the Indenture or an indenture (the “Exchange Securities Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee or such other bank or trust company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers, as trustee (the “Exchange Securities Trustee”), such indenture to be identical in all material respects to the Indenture, except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Securities (as described above).
          As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial Purchaser holding Securities that have, or that are reasonably likely to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, (c) acquires the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Securities) and to trade such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of the several states of the United States. The Company, the Guarantor, the Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to current interpretations by the Commission’s staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Securities, acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange Securities (an “Exchanging Dealer”), is required to deliver a prospectus containing substantially the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.
          If, prior to the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Holder holds any Securities acquired by it that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, or any Holder is not entitled to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall, upon the request of any such Holder, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to any such Holder, in exchange for the Securities held by such Holder (the “Private Exchange”), a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the “Private Exchange Securities”) that are identical in all material respects to the Exchange Securities, except for the transfer restrictions relating to such Private Securities Exchange Securities. The Private Exchange Securities will be issued under the same indenture as the Exchange Securities, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Private Exchange Securities to bear the same CUSIP number as the Exchange Securities.

 


 

          In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
     (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
     (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders;
     (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;
     (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to 12:00 pm midnight, New York City time, on the last business day on which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and
     (e) otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws that are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer.
          As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer or any Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:
     (a) accept for exchange all Securities validly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;
     (b) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities so accepted for exchange; and
     (c) cause the Trustee or the Exchange Securities Trustee, as the case may be, to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
          The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such prospectus to be used by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; provided that (i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer, such period shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers have sold all Securities held by them and (ii) the Company shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Securities for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer.
          The Indenture or the Exchange Securities Indenture, as the case may be, shall provide that the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities shall

 


 

vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.
          Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Securities, from the Issue Date.
          Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company at the time of the tender of the Securities by such Holder pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer that (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act and (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantor or, if it is such an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
          Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantor will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not, as of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
          2. Shelf Registration. If (i) because of any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) any Securities validly tendered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer are not exchanged for Exchange Securities prior to 300 days after the Issue Date, or (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to the Securities or Private Exchange Securities not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by it following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do not permit any Holder to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, or (v) any Holder that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer does not receive freely transferable Exchange Securities in exchange for tendered Securities, or (vi) the Company and the Guarantor so elect, then the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) The Company and the Guarantor shall file as promptly as practicable with the Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be

 


 

declared effective, a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in such registration statement (hereafter, a “Shelf Registration Statement”).
     (b) The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for a period ending on the earlier of (i) two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto and (ii) the date on which the Securities become eligible for resale without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in any such case, such period being called the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Company and the Guarantor shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if any of them voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Securities during that period, unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action was permitted by Section 3(b).
     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the Guarantor will ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (in either case, other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon or in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for use therein (the “Holders’ Information”)) does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other than with respect to Holders’ Information), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     3. Additional Interest.
     (a) The parties hereto agree that the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities will suffer damages if the Company and the Guarantor fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 1 or Section 2, as applicable, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such damages. Accordingly, if (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is not filed with the Commission on or prior to 210 days after the Issue Date (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or applicable interpretations of the Commission’s staff, if later, within 45 days after publication of the

 


 

change in law or interpretations, but in no event before 210 days after the Issue Date), (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is not declared effective within 270 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretations of Commission’s staff, if later, within 90 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation, but in no event before 270 days after the Issue Date), (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to 300 days after the Issue Date (other than in the event the Company files a Shelf Registration Statement), or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective within 270 days after the Issue Date (or in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed in response to a change in law or the applicable interpretations of the Commission’s staff, if later, within 90 days after publication of the change in law or interpretation, but in no event before 270 days after the Issue Date) but shall thereafter cease to be effective (at any time that the Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within 90 days by an additional Registration Statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company and the Guarantor will be jointly and severally obligated to pay additional interest to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, during the period of one or more such Registration Defaults, in an amount equal to $ 0.192 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder until (i) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is filed, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer is consummated, (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, as the case may be. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of additional interest will cease. As used herein, the term “Transfer Restricted Securities” means (i) each Security until the date on which such Security has been exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered Exchange Offer, (ii) each Security or Private Exchange Security until the date on which it has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) each Security or Private Exchange Security until the date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(a), the Company shall not be required to pay additional interest to a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section 1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any, pursuant to Section 4(n).
     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 3(a), the Company may issue a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is unusable pending the announcement of a material development or event and may issue any notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement required under applicable securities laws to be issued and, in the event that the aggregate number of days in any consecutive twelve-month period for which all such notices are issued and effective exceeds 45 days in the aggregate, then the Company and the Guarantor will be obligated to pay additional interest to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities in an amount equal to $0.192 per

 


 

week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder. Upon the Company declaring that the Shelf Registration Statement is usable after the period of time described in the preceding sentence, the accrual of additional interest shall cease; provided, however, that if after any such cessation of the accrual of additional interest, the Shelf Registration Statement again ceases to be usable beyond the period permitted above, additional interest will again accrue pursuant to the foregoing provisions.
          (c) The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent under the Indenture immediately upon the happening of each and every Registration Default. The Company and the Guarantor shall pay the additional interest due on the Transfer Restricted Securities by depositing with the Paying Agent (which may not be the Company for these purposes), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders thereof, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Securities, sums sufficient to pay the additional interest then due. The additional interest due shall be payable on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Securities to the record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date. Each obligation to pay additional interest shall be deemed to accrue from and including the date of the applicable Registration Default.
          (d) The parties hereto agree that the additional interest provided for in this Section 3 constitute a reasonable estimate of and are intended to constitute the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by reason of the failure of (i) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective or (iii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated, in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.
          4. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply:
     (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the “Exchange Offer Procedures” section and the “Purpose of the Exchange Offer” section and in Annex C hereto in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and include the information set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; and (iii) if requested by any Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
     (b) The Company shall advise each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an

 


 

instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):
     (i) when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;
     (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information;
     (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;
     (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and
     (v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.
     (c) The Company and the Guarantor will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.
     (d) The Company will furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).
     (e) The Company will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request; and the Company consents to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

 


 

     (f) The Company will, during the period not exceeding 180 days following the expiration of the Registered Exchange Offer, furnish to each Initial Purchaser and each Exchanging Dealer, and to any other Holder who so requests, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if any Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).
     (g) The Company will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request; and the Company and the Guarantor consent to the use of such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Initial Purchaser, Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid.
     (h) Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor will use their reasonable best efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided that the Company and the Guarantor will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject.
     (i) The Company and the Guarantor will cooperate with the Holders of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may request in writing prior to sales of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     (j) If any event contemplated by Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) occurs during the period for which the Company and the Guarantor are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor will promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private

 


 

Exchange Securities from a Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with printed certificates for the Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
     (l) The Company and the Guarantor will comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earning statement covering at least 12 months satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
     (m) The Company and the Guarantor will cause the Indenture or the Exchange Securities Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.
     (n) The Company may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information concerning the Holder and the distribution of such Transfer Restricted Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement and the Company may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
     (o) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by acquisition of such Transfer Restricted Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed. If the Company shall give any notice under Section 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the period that the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement (the “Effectiveness Period”), such Effectiveness Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no amended or supplemental prospectus is required).
     (p) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantor shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested, an

 


 

underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities being sold or the managing underwriters (if any) shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.
     (q) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold and any underwriter participating in any disposition of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to have its officers, directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (an “Inspector”) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement.
     (r) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall, if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion relating to the Shelf Registration Statement and the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as applicable, in customary form, (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, Exchange Securities and Private Exchange Securities being sold, their Special Counsel or the managing underwriters (if any) and (iii) its independent public accountants to provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.
          5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantor will jointly and severally bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4, and, other than in connection with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities to be sold pursuant to each Registration Statement (the “Special Counsel”) acting for the Initial Purchasers or Holders in connection therewith.
          6. Indemnification.
          (a) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement by an Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer, as applicable, the Company and Holdings shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, any such Initial

 


 

Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7 as a Holder) from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities), to which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse each Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and Holdings shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information; and provided, further, that with respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from any related preliminary prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action received Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of or with respect to such Holder results from the fact that both (A) a copy of the final prospectus was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to such person and (B) the untrue statement in or omission from the related preliminary prospectus was corrected in the final prospectus unless, in either case, such failure to deliver the final prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with Section 4(d), 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g).
          (b) In the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 6(b) and Section 7 as the Company), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue

 


 

statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders’ Information furnished to the Company by such Holder, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any indemnity claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.
          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party pursuant to Section 6(a) or 6(b), notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 6 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 6. If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 6(a) and 6(b), shall use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be

 


 

liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.
          7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) thereof in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand a Holder with respect to the sale by such Holder of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, on the other. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under Section 6(c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and such Holder on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantor on the one hand and a Holder on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Guarantor bear to the total proceeds received by such Holder with respect to its sale of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, on the other. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Guarantor on the one hand or to any Holders’ Information supplied by such Holder on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities sold by such

 


 

indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          8. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Guarantor shall use their reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company and the Guarantor are not required to file such reports, they will, upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of such Holder’s securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Guarantor covenant that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Company and the Guarantor shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 8 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.
          9. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith.
          No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
          10. Miscellaneous.
     (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities, taken as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration

 


 

Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, the Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities being sold by such Holders pursuant to such Registration Statement.
     (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery:
     (1) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to Goldman and Lehman;
     (2) if to an Initial Purchaser, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and
     (3) if to the Company, initially at the address of the Company set forth in the Purchase Agreement.
          All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient’s telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.
     (c) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.
     (d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     (e) Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the term “business day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is open for trading, (b) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
     (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     (g) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 


 

     (h) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company, the Guarantor or by any Holder of any of their obligations under this Agreement, each Holder, the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages (other than the recovery of damages for a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of its obligations under Sections 1 or 2 hereof for which additional interest has been paid pursuant to Section 3 hereof), will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company, the Guarantor and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by each such person of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agree that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, each such person shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
     (i) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantor represents, warrants and agrees that (i) it has not entered into, shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof, (ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to any person and (iii) (with respect to the Company) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities, it shall not grant to any person the right to request the Company to register any debt securities of the Company under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.
     (j) No Piggyback on Registrations. Neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities in such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Company in any Shelf Registration or Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer Restricted Securities.
     (k) Severability. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 


 

          Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company, the Guarantor and the Initial Purchasers.
         
    Very truly yours,
 
       
    WESCO DISTRIBUTION, INC.,
 
       
 
  by   /s/ Stephen A. Van Oss
 
       
 
      Name: Stephen A. Van Oss
 
      Title:   Sr. VP, CFO & CAO
 
       
    WESCO INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
 
       
 
  by   /s/ Roy W. Haley
 
       
 
      Name: Roy W. Haley
 
      Title:   CEO
Accepted:
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
As representatives of the several Initial
Purchasers
By: GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.,
         
By
  /s/ Goldman, Sachs & Co.    
 
       
 
  (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)    
 
       
By: LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.    
 
       
By
  /s/ Stephen Mehos     
 
       
 
  Name: Stephen Mehos    
 
  Title: Managing Director    

 


 

ANNEX A
          Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 


 

ANNEX B
          Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 


 

ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
          Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until 40 days after the later of the commencement of the offering and the Issue Date, all dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.
          The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
          For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any broker-dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 


 

ANNEX D
     
 
  [ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
 
   
 
  Name:
Address:
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.